|
78
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
100
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (BibTeX-auto-store) "latex" "auctex/latex.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
|
|
|
9 This function should be called from bibtex-mode-hook.
|
|
|
10 It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file." nil nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 ;;;***
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "auctex/tex-info.el")
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 ;;;***
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 ;;;### (autoloads (japanese-latex-mode japanese-plain-tex-mode) "tex-jp" "auctex/tex-jp.el")
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 (autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
21 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
22 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters plain-tex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 (autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
25 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
26 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters latex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 ;;;***
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30 ;;;### (autoloads (TeX-submit-bug-report TeX-insert-quote TeX-auto-generate-global TeX-auto-generate ams-tex-mode) "tex" "auctex/tex.el")
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 (autoload 'ams-tex-mode "tex" "\
|
|
|
33 Major mode for editing files of input for AmS TeX.
|
|
|
34 See info under AUC TeX for documentation.
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 Special commands:
|
|
|
37 \\{TeX-mode-map}
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of text-mode-hook,
|
|
|
40 then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
|
|
|
41 of AmS-TeX-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
43 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
|
|
|
44 Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
|
|
|
45 If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory." t nil)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
|
|
|
48 Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions." t nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'TeX-insert-quote "tex" "\
|
|
|
51 Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
|
|
|
52 Inserts the value of `TeX-open-quote' (normally ``) or `TeX-close-quote'
|
|
|
53 \(normally '') depending on the context. If `TeX-quote-after-quote'
|
|
|
54 is non-nil, this insertion works only after \".
|
|
|
55 With prefix argument, always inserts \" characters." t nil)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
57 (autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
|
|
|
58 Submit via mail a bug report on AUC TeX" t nil)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 ;;;***
|
|
|
61
|
|
78
|
62 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
65 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
66 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
70 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
71 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
72 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
75 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
76 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
77 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
82 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
85 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
86 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
89 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
90 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
93 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
94 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
95 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
98 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
99 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
100 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
103 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
104 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
107 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
110 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
111 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
112 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
113 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
114 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
117 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
118 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
121 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
122 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
125 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
126 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
127 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
128 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
129 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
132 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
135 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
136 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
137 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 ;;;***
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
141 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
143 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
144 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
145 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
146 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
147 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
148 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 ;;;***
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 ;;;***
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
163 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
164 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
165 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
166 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
168 ;;;***
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
171
|
|
134
|
172 (defcustom calendar-week-start-day 0 "*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.\n0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
174 (defcustom calendar-offset 0 "*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.\n0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,\n+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off\nthe screen." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defcustom view-diary-entries-initially nil "*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.\nThe diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,\nif the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed\nis governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
178 (defcustom number-of-diary-entries 1 "*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.\nThis variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,\nor if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For\nexample, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary\nentries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current\nday's and the next day's entries will be displayed.\n\nThe value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value\nsays to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries\nfor the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,\ndisplay Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only\nSaturday's entries on Saturday.\n\nThis variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command\nfrom the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the\nnumber of days of diary entries displayed." :type 'integer :group 'diary)
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 (defcustom view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.\nThe holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first\ndisplayed." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 (defcustom mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 (defcustom all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.\nThis means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 (defcustom all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.\nThis means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
190 (defcustom all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.\nThis means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
192 (defcustom calendar-load-hook nil "*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.\nThis is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 (defcustom initial-calendar-window-hook nil "*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.\nThe functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but\nonce opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command\nand reentering it will cause these functions to be called again." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 (defcustom today-visible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.\nThis can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a\nfunction `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)\nIt can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';\na function is also provided for this:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is not visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 (defcustom today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 (defcustom diary-file "~/diary" "*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.\n\nThe file's entries are lines in any of the forms\n\n MONTH/DAY\n MONTH/DAY/YEAR\n MONTHNAME DAY\n MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nat the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry\nstring for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is\na number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.\nIf the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.\nDAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.\nMONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three\ncharacters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,\nMONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,\nrespectively.\n\nThe European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used\ninstead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set\n`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nTo revert to the default American style from the European style, execute\n`american-calendar' in the calendar.\n\nA diary entry can be preceded by the character\n`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry\nnonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar\nwindow but will appear in a diary window.\n\nMultiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with\neither a TAB or one or more spaces.\n\nLines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary\nentries (in the default American style):\n\n 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!\n &1/1. Happy New Year!\n 10/22 Ruth's birthday.\n 21: Payday\n Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am\n Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.\n 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!\n &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.\n mar 16 Dad's birthday\n April 15, 1989 Income tax due.\n &* 15 time cards due.\n\nIf the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with\nno trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the\ndiary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the\nsingle diary entry\n\n 02/11/1989\n Bill Blattner visits Princeton today\n 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting\n 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'\n 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden\n 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan\n 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School\n\nwill appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This\nfacility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if\nused with more than one day's entries displayed.\n\nDiary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry\n\n %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation\n\ncauses the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November\n10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',\n`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',\n`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',\n`diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',\n`diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and\n`diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function\n`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.\n\nDiary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also\npossible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored\nunless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the\n`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation\nfor these functions for details.\n\nDiary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for\ndetails, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'file :group 'diary)
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 (defcustom diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 (defcustom hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 (defcustom islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 (defcustom diary-include-string "#include" "*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.\nSee the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defcustom sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.\nSee the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 (defcustom abbreviated-calendar-year t "*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.\nFor the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.\nIf this variable is nil, years must be written in full." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
214 (defcustom european-calendar-style nil "*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.\nIf this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,\n1990. The accepted European date styles are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nNames can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three\ncharacters with or without a period." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 (defcustom american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 (defcustom european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 (defcustom european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.\nSee the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 (defcustom american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.\nSee the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 (defcustom print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.\nThe buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary\nbuffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for\nexample, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer\ninstead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 (defcustom list-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.\nIt is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.\n\nA function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of\nthis hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n\n #include \"filename\"\n\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing\nthe variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'\nas part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.\n\nFor example, you could use\n\n (setq list-diary-entries-hook\n '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))\n (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)\n\nin your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with\ndiary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into\nlexicographic order." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 (defcustom diary-hook nil "*List of functions called after the display of the diary.\nCan be used for appointment notification." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 (defcustom diary-display-hook nil "*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.\nIf nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no\ndiary display.\n\nOrdinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in\nthe mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these\nfunctions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order\nby date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)\nSTRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be\nused, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with\nholidays), or produce hard copy output.\n\nA function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative\nchoice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary\nbuffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement\nwith headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the\nvariable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy\ndiary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even\nif that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy\ndiary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.\n\nA function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the\nmark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n #include \"filename\"\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the\nvariable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as\npart of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 (defcustom diary-list-include-blanks nil "*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.\nSuch days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they\nare holidays." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 (defcustom holidays-in-diary-buffer t "*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.\nThe holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the\nfancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions\nsomewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 (defcustom general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
243
|
|
|
244 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
245
|
|
134
|
246 (defcustom local-holidays nil "*Local holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays :group 'local)
|
|
78
|
247
|
|
|
248 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
249
|
|
134
|
250 (defcustom other-holidays nil "*User defined holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
251
|
|
|
252 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
271 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
277 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
278 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
283 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
284 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
289 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
290 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
294 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
|
|
|
295 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
|
|
|
298 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
|
|
|
299 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
|
|
|
300 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
|
|
|
301 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
|
|
|
302 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
|
|
|
303 user.
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
305 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
|
|
|
306 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
|
|
|
307 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
|
|
|
308 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
310 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
|
|
|
311 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
|
|
|
312 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
|
|
|
313 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
|
|
|
314 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
|
|
|
315 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
|
|
|
316 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
|
|
|
317 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
|
|
|
318 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
|
|
|
319 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
|
|
|
320 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
|
|
|
321 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
|
|
|
322 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
|
|
|
323 is an expression in the variable `date'.
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
|
|
|
330 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
|
|
|
335 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
|
|
|
340 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
|
|
|
345 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
|
|
|
350 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
|
|
|
351 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 (holiday-sexp
|
|
|
354 (if (zerop (% year 4))
|
|
|
355 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
356 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
357 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
358 (list 11 1 year)))))))
|
|
|
359 \"US Presidential Election\")
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 or
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
|
|
|
364 (holiday-fixed 11
|
|
|
365 (extract-calendar-day
|
|
|
366 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
367 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
368 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
369 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
|
|
|
370 \"US Presidential Election\"))
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 (lunar-phases)
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
|
|
|
377 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
|
|
|
378 with descriptive strings such as
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
385 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
386 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
387 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
392 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
393 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
394 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
395 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
398 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
399 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
402 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
403 or backward.
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
406 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
407 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
408 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
409 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
418 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
419 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
422 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
425 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
426 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
427 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
428 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
429 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
432 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
433 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
434 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 ;;;***
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
441 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
442 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
443 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
444 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 ;;;***
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
451 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
452 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 ;;;***
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
461 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
462 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 ;;;***
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
471 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
474 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
475 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 For example, the form
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
480 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
485 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
488 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
489 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
490 York City.
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
495 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
498 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
499 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
500 York City.
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
505 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
506 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
507 pair.
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
512 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
513 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
516 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
521 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
522 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 ;;;***
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
529 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
530 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
531 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
532 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
533 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
534 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
535 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
537 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
540 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
541 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
542 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
543 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
544 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
547 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
548 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
549 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
550 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
553 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
554 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 ;;;***
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
561 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
564 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
565 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
566 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
567 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 ;;;***
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
573 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
574 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
575 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
576 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 ;;;***
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
583 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
584 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
585 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
587 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
588 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
589 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
590 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
593 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
594 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
595 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
598 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
600 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
601 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
602 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
603 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
605 ;;;***
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
609 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 ;;;***
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
618 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
619 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
622 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
623 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
624 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
627 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
630 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
633 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
634 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
637 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
638 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
639 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
640 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
643 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
644 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
645 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
648 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
649 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 ;;;***
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
656 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
657 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
658 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
659 shell buffer.
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
662 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
663 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
668 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
669 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
670 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
671 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
672 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
673 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
674 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
675 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
676 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
677 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
678 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
679 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
680 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
683 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
684 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
685 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
691 ;;;***
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
693 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
697 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
698 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
699 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
700 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
701 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
702 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
704 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
706 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
707 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
708 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
709 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
710 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 ;;;***
|
|
|
713
|
|
149
|
714 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all custom-save-customized custom-buffer-create-other-window custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-saved customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face customize-variable-other-window customize-variable customize-other-window customize custom-set-variable custom-set-value) "cus-edit" "custom/cus-edit.el")
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
716 (autoload 'custom-set-value "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
717 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
719 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
720 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
723 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value." t nil)
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 (autoload 'custom-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
726 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
727
|
|
|
728 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
|
|
|
729 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
731 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
|
|
|
732 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
734 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
735 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
738 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
|
|
106
|
739
|
|
|
740 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
741 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
742
|
|
149
|
743 (autoload 'customize-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
744 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
745
|
|
106
|
746 (autoload 'customize-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
747 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable." t nil)
|
|
|
748
|
|
124
|
749 (autoload 'customize-variable-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
750 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable.
|
|
|
751 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
|
|
|
752
|
|
106
|
753 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
|
|
102
|
754 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
|
|
|
755 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
|
|
98
|
756
|
|
124
|
757 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
758 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
759
|
|
106
|
760 (autoload 'customize-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
149
|
761 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
763 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
764 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
|
|
98
|
765
|
|
106
|
766 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
767 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
768 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
|
|
|
769 user-settable." t nil)
|
|
|
770
|
|
106
|
771 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
772 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
149
|
773 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
98
|
774 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
775 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
776 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
777
|
|
149
|
778 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
779 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
|
780 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
|
781 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
782 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
783 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 (autoload 'custom-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
786 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
787
|
|
116
|
788 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
789 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
790
|
|
120
|
791 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
792 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
124
|
793 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
795 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
796 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
120
|
797 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
|
|
124
|
798 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
|
|
|
799 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
801 ;;;***
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-initialize-frame custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "custom/cus-face.el")
|
|
106
|
804
|
|
|
805 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
806 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
807
|
|
124
|
808 (autoload 'custom-initialize-frame "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
809 Initialize local faces for FRAME if necessary.
|
|
|
810 If FRAME is missing or nil, the first member of (frame-list) is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
811
|
|
106
|
812 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
813 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
|
|
|
814 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
|
|
|
817
|
|
|
818 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
|
|
|
819 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
821 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
|
|
|
822
|
|
|
823 ;;;***
|
|
|
824
|
|
149
|
825 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "custom/wid-browse.el")
|
|
106
|
826
|
|
|
827 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
|
|
98
|
828 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
|
|
|
829
|
|
124
|
830 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
831 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
833 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
834 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
835
|
|
149
|
836 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
837 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
|
|
|
838 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
840 ;;;***
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
842 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value widget-apply) "wid-edit" "custom/wid-edit.el")
|
|
118
|
843
|
|
|
844 (autoload 'widget-apply "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
845 Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself.
|
|
|
846 ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function." nil nil)
|
|
110
|
847
|
|
149
|
848 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
849 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
|
|
|
850 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
851
|
|
110
|
852 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
853 Create widget of TYPE.
|
|
|
854 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
856 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
857 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
859 ;;;***
|
|
|
860
|
|
78
|
861 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
864 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
865 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
866 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
868 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
871 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
872 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
873 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
874 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
876 ;;;***
|
|
|
877
|
|
|
878 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
881 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
883 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 ;;;***
|
|
|
886
|
|
82
|
887 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
78
|
888
|
|
|
889 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
82
|
890 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
891 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
78
|
892 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
893
|
|
82
|
894 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
895 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
|
|
|
896 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
|
|
|
897 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
|
|
|
898
|
|
78
|
899 ;;;***
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
901 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
903 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
904 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
907 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
911 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
913 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
914 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
918 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
919 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
924 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
925 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
926 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
931 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
932 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
933 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
937 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
938 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
939 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
940 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
941
|
|
|
942 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
944 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
945 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
946 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
947 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
948
|
|
|
949 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
951 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
952 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
953 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
954 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
955 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
956 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
958 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
959 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
960 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
961 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
963 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
965 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
966 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
967 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
968 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
973
|
|
|
974 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
975 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
976 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
977 follows:
|
|
|
978 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
979 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
981 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
982 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
983 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
984 follows:
|
|
|
985 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
986 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
989 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
990 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
991 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
992 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
994 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
995 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
996 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
997 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
998 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
999 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1000
|
|
|
1001 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
1002
|
|
|
1003 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1004 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1005
|
|
|
1006 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1007 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1008
|
|
|
1009 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1012 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1015 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1016
|
|
|
1017 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1018 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
1019 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1020 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1021
|
|
|
1022 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1023 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
80
|
1024 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
78
|
1025 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1026
|
|
|
1027 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1028 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
146
|
1029 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
|
|
78
|
1030 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1033 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1034
|
|
|
1035 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1036 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
1039
|
|
|
1040 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
1041
|
|
|
1042 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1043 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
1044 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1045 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1048 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1049 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1052 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1053 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 ;;;***
|
|
|
1056
|
|
98
|
1057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "default-dir" "efs/default-dir.el")
|
|
|
1058
|
|
|
1059 (defvar default-directory-function nil "\
|
|
|
1060 A function to call to compute the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1061 If this is nil, the function default-directory will return the value of the
|
|
|
1062 variable default-directory.
|
|
|
1063 Buffer local.")
|
|
|
1064
|
|
|
1065 ;;;***
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump-back-other-frame dired-jump-back-other-window dired-jump-back dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired) "dired" "efs/dired.el")
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 (defvar dired-compression-method 'compress "\
|
|
|
1070 *Type of compression program to use.
|
|
|
1071 Give as a symbol.
|
|
|
1072 Currently-recognized methods are: gzip pack compact compress.
|
|
|
1073 To change this variable use \\[dired-do-compress] with a zero prefix.")
|
|
|
1074
|
|
|
1075 (defvar dired-compression-method-alist '((gzip ".gz" ("gzip") ("gzip" "-d") "-f") (compress ".Z" ("compress" "-f") ("compress" "-d") "-f") (pack ".z" ("pack" "-f") ("unpack")) (compact ".C" ("compact") ("uncompact"))) "\
|
|
|
1076 *Association list of compression method descriptions.
|
|
|
1077 Each element of the table should be a list of the form
|
|
|
1078
|
|
|
1079 (compress-type extension (compress-args) (decompress-args) force-flag)
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 where
|
|
|
1082 `compress-type' is a unique symbol in the alist to which
|
|
|
1083 `dired-compression-method' can be set;
|
|
|
1084 `extension' is the file extension (as a string) used by files compressed
|
|
|
1085 by this method;
|
|
|
1086 `compress-args' is a list of the path of the compression program and
|
|
|
1087 flags to pass as separate arguments;
|
|
|
1088 `decompress-args' is a list of the path of the decompression
|
|
|
1089 program and flags to pass as separate arguments.
|
|
|
1090 `force-flag' is the switch to pass to the command to force overwriting
|
|
|
1091 of existing files.
|
|
|
1092
|
|
|
1093 For example:
|
|
|
1094
|
|
114
|
1095 (setq dired-compression-method-alist
|
|
98
|
1096 (cons '(frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\") \"-f\")
|
|
|
1097 dired-compression-method-alist))
|
|
|
1098 => ((frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\"))
|
|
|
1099 (gzip \".gz\" (\"gzip\") (\"gunzip\"))
|
|
|
1100 ...)
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
1102 See also: dired-compression-method <V>")
|
|
|
1103
|
|
|
1104 (defvar dired-ls-program "ls" "\
|
|
|
1105 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
|
|
|
1108 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
1109 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
1110
|
|
142
|
1111 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v linux)) "chown" "/etc/chown") "\
|
|
114
|
1112 *Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
98
|
1113
|
|
|
1114 (defvar dired-gnutar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1115 *If non-nil, name of the GNU tar executable (e.g. \"tar\" or \"gnutar\").
|
|
|
1116 GNU tar's `z' switch is used for compressed tar files.
|
|
|
1117 If you don't have GNU tar, set this to nil: a pipe using `zcat' is then used.")
|
|
|
1118
|
|
|
1119 (defvar dired-unshar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1120 *Set to the name of the unshar program, if you have it.")
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
1122 (defvar dired-local-variables-file ".dired" "\
|
|
|
1123 *If non-nil, filename for local variables for Dired.
|
|
|
1124 If Dired finds a file with that name in the current directory, it will
|
|
|
1125 temporarily insert it into the dired buffer and run `hack-local-variables'.
|
|
|
1126
|
|
|
1127 Type \\[info] and `g' `(emacs)File Variables' `RET' for more info on
|
|
|
1128 local variables.")
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 (defvar dired-kept-versions 2 "\
|
|
|
1131 *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.")
|
|
|
1132
|
|
|
1133 (defvar dired-find-subdir nil "\
|
|
|
1134 *Determines whether dired tries to lookup a subdir in existing buffers.
|
|
|
1135 If non-nil, dired does not make a new buffer for a directory if it can be
|
|
|
1136 found (perhaps as subdir) in some existing dired buffer. If there are several
|
|
|
1137 dired buffers for a directory, then the most recently used one is chosen.
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 Dired avoids switching to the current buffer, so that if you have
|
|
|
1140 a normal and a wildcard buffer for the same directory, C-x d RET will
|
|
|
1141 toggle between those two.")
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 (defvar dired-use-file-transformers t "\
|
|
|
1144 *Determines whether dired uses file transformers.
|
|
|
1145 If non-nil `dired-do-shell-command' will apply file transformers to file names.
|
|
|
1146 See \\[describe-function] for dired-do-shell-command for more information.")
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1149 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
|
|
|
1150 This means that if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
|
|
|
1151 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1152 The target is put in the prompt for file copy, rename, etc.")
|
|
|
1153
|
|
|
1154 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1155 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1156 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1157 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1158
|
|
|
1159 (defvar dired-no-confirm nil "\
|
|
|
1160 *If non-nil, a list of symbols for commands dired should not confirm.
|
|
|
1161 It can be a sublist of
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 '(byte-compile chgrp chmod chown compress copy delete hardlink load
|
|
|
1164 move print shell symlink uncompress recursive-delete kill-file-buffer
|
|
|
1165 kill-dired-buffer patch create-top-dir revert-subdirs)
|
|
|
1166
|
|
|
1167 The meanings of most of the symbols are obvious. A few exceptions:
|
|
|
1168
|
|
|
1169 'compress applies to compression or decompression by any of the
|
|
|
1170 compression program in `dired-compression-method-alist'.
|
|
|
1171
|
|
|
1172 'kill-dired-buffer applies to offering to kill dired buffers for
|
|
|
1173 directories which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 'kill-file-buffer applies to offering to kill buffers visiting files
|
|
|
1176 which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 'recursive-delete applies to recursively deleting non-empty
|
|
|
1179 directories, and all of their contents.
|
|
|
1180
|
|
|
1181 'create-top-dir applies to `dired-up-directory' creating a new top level
|
|
|
1182 directory for the dired buffer.
|
|
|
1183
|
|
|
1184 'revert-subdirs applies to re-reading subdirectories which have
|
|
|
1185 been modified on disk.
|
|
|
1186
|
|
|
1187 Note that this list also applies to remote files accessed with efs
|
|
|
1188 or ange-ftp.")
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 (defvar dired-backup-if-overwrite nil "\
|
|
|
1191 *Non-nil if Dired should ask about making backups before overwriting files.
|
|
|
1192 Special value 'always suppresses confirmation.")
|
|
|
1193
|
|
|
1194 (defvar dired-omit-files nil "\
|
|
|
1195 *If non-nil un-interesting files will be omitted from this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1196 Use \\[dired-omit-toggle] to see these files. (buffer local)")
|
|
|
1197
|
|
|
1198 (defvar dired-mail-reader 'rmail "\
|
|
|
1199 *Mail reader used by dired for dired-read-mail (\\[dired-read-mail]).
|
|
|
1200 The symbols 'rmail and 'vm are the only two allowed values.")
|
|
|
1201
|
|
118
|
1202 (defvar dired-refresh-automatically t "\
|
|
|
1203 *If non-nil, refresh dired buffers automatically after file operations.")
|
|
|
1204
|
|
98
|
1205 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1208 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1209 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
|
|
|
1210 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
|
|
|
1211 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1212 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
|
|
|
1213 its first element is taken as the directory name and the resr as an explicit
|
|
|
1214 list of files to make directory entries for.
|
|
|
1215 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1216 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
|
|
|
1217 delete them by typing \\[dired-expunge-deletions].
|
|
|
1218 Type \\[dired-describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1219
|
|
|
1220 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1221
|
|
|
1222 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1225 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1230 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1233 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1234
|
|
|
1235 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back)
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 (autoload 'dired-jump-back "dired" "\
|
|
|
1238 Jump back to dired.
|
|
|
1239 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
|
|
|
1240 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
|
|
|
1241 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
|
|
|
1242 buffer and try again." t nil)
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-window)
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1247 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but to other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1248
|
|
|
1249 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-frame)
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1252 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 ;;;***
|
|
|
1255
|
|
116
|
1256 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-ftp-path) "efs-cu" "efs/efs-cu.el")
|
|
114
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 (defvar efs-path-root-regexp "^/[^/:]+:" "\
|
|
|
1259 Regexp to match the `/user@host:' root of an efs full path.")
|
|
|
1260
|
|
116
|
1261 (autoload 'efs-ftp-path "efs-cu" "\
|
|
|
1262 Parse PATH according to efs-path-regexp.
|
|
|
1263 Returns a list (HOST USER PATH), or nil if PATH does not match the format." nil nil)
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 ;;;***
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-path-file-handler-function) "efs-dump" "efs/efs-dump.el")
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 (or (assoc efs-path-root-regexp file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons efs-path-root-regexp 'remote-path-file-handler-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 (autoload 'remote-path-file-handler-function "efs-dump" "\
|
|
|
1272 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
114
|
1273
|
|
|
1274 ;;;***
|
|
|
1275
|
|
118
|
1276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "efs-fnh" "efs/efs-fnh.el")
|
|
|
1277
|
|
|
1278 (defvar allow-remote-paths t "\
|
|
|
1279 *Set this to nil if you don't want remote paths to access
|
|
|
1280 remote files.")
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 ;;;***
|
|
|
1283
|
|
114
|
1284 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-root-file-name-completion efs-root-file-name-all-completions efs-set-passwd) "efs-netrc" "efs/efs-netrc.el")
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 (autoload 'efs-set-passwd "efs-netrc" "\
|
|
|
1287 For a given HOST and USER, set or change the associated PASSWORD." t nil)
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-all-completions "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1290
|
|
|
1291 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-completion "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 ;;;***
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-report-bug) "efs-report" "efs/efs-report.el")
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 (autoload 'efs-report-bug "efs-report" "\
|
|
|
1298 Submit a bug report for efs." t nil)
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 ;;;***
|
|
|
1301
|
|
116
|
1302 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-file-handler-function efs-nslookup-host efs-display-ftp-activity) "efs" "efs/efs.el")
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 (autoload 'efs-display-ftp-activity "efs" "\
|
|
|
1305 Displays the number of active background ftp sessions in the modeline.
|
|
|
1306 Uses the variable `efs-mode-line-format' to determine how this will be
|
|
|
1307 displayed." t nil)
|
|
114
|
1308
|
|
|
1309 (autoload 'efs-nslookup-host "efs" "\
|
|
|
1310 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 (autoload 'efs-file-handler-function "efs" "\
|
|
|
1313 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
|
1314
|
|
|
1315 ;;;***
|
|
|
1316
|
|
78
|
1317 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1320 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1321 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1322 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1325 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1326 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1327
|
|
|
1328 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1329 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1330 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1335 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1336 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1337 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 ;;;***
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
1343 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1344
|
|
|
1345 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1346 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1347 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1350 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1351 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1352 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1353 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1354 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1355 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1360 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1361 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1362
|
|
|
1363 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1364 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1365
|
|
|
1366 ;;;***
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1369
|
|
|
1370 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1371 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1372 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1373 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1374 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1375 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1376 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1377 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1380 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1383 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1384 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1385 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1388 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1389 things.
|
|
|
1390
|
|
|
1391 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1392 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1393 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 ;;;***
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
1399 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1402 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1405 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 ;;;***
|
|
|
1408
|
|
|
1409 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1412 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 ;;;***
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulators/mlconvert.el")
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 (autoload 'convert-mocklisp-buffer "mlconvert" "\
|
|
|
1419 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
|
|
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 ;;;***
|
|
|
1422
|
|
|
1423 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1424
|
|
|
1425 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1426 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 ;;;***
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1431
|
|
|
1432 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1437 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 ;;;***
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1444 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1447 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1448
|
|
|
1449 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1450 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1451
|
|
|
1452 ;;;***
|
|
|
1453
|
|
|
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1455
|
|
|
1456 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1457 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
1459 BUGS:
|
|
|
1460 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1461 are not implemented
|
|
|
1462 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1463 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1464 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1465
|
|
|
1466 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1467 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1472 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1473 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1474 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1475 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1476 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1477 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1478 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1479 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1480 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1481 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1482 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1483 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1484 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1485 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1486 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1487 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1488 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1489 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1490 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1491 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1492 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1493 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1496 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1497 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1498 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1499 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1500 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1501 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1502 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1503 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1504 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1505 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1506 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1507 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1508 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1509 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1510 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1511 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1512 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1513 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1514 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1515 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1516 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1517 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1518 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1519 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1520 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1521 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1522 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1523
|
|
|
1524 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1525 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1526 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1527 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1528 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1529 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1530 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1531 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1532 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1533 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1534 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1535 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1538 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1539 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1540 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1541 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1542 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1543 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1544 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1545 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1546 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1547 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1548 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1549 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1550 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1551 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1552 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1553 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1554 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1555 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1556 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1557 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1558 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1559 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1560 " t nil)
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 ;;;***
|
|
|
1563
|
|
|
1564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs-eos" "eos/loaddefs-eos.el")
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 ;;;***
|
|
|
1567
|
|
151
|
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (term make-term) "term" "eterm/term.el")
|
|
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
|
|
|
1571 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
1572 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
1573 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
|
|
|
1574 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
|
|
|
1575 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
1576
|
|
|
1577 (autoload 'term "term" "\
|
|
|
1578 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1579
|
|
|
1580 ;;;***
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 ;;;### (autoloads (tperldb txdb tdbx tsdb tgdb) "tgud" "eterm/tgud.el")
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 (autoload 'tgdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1585 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1586 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1587 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1588
|
|
|
1589 (autoload 'tsdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1590 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1591 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1592 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1593
|
|
|
1594 (autoload 'tdbx "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1595 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1596 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1597 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 (autoload 'txdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1600 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1601 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1602 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
1603
|
|
|
1604 You can set the variable 'tgud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
1605 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 (autoload 'tperldb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1608 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1609 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1610 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 ;;;***
|
|
|
1613
|
|
|
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (tshell) "tshell" "eterm/tshell.el")
|
|
|
1615
|
|
|
1616 (defvar tshell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
|
|
|
1617 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
1618 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
1619 This variable is used to initialise `term-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
1620 shell buffer.
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
1623 tshell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
1624 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 (autoload 'tshell "tshell" "\
|
|
|
1629 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
1630 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
1631 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
1632 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
1633 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
1634 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
1635 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
1636 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
1637 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
1638 The buffer is put in Tshell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
1639 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `tshell-mode'.
|
|
|
1640 See also the variable `tshell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
1643 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
1644 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
1645 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 ;;;***
|
|
|
1650
|
|
78
|
1651 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1654 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1655 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1656
|
|
|
1657 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1660 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1661 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1662 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1663 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1664 your score.
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1667
|
|
|
1668 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1669 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1670 four.
|
|
|
1671
|
|
|
1672 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1673 movement keys.
|
|
|
1674
|
|
|
1675 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1676 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1677
|
|
|
1678 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1679 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1682 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1683 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1684 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1685 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1686 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 Details:
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1693 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1694 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1695 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1698 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1699 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1700
|
|
|
1701 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1702 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1703 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1704
|
|
|
1705 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1706 example.
|
|
|
1707
|
|
|
1708 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1709 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1710 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1711 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1712 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1713 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1714 ray.
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1717 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1718
|
|
|
1719 1
|
|
|
1720 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1721 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1722 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1723 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1724 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1725 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1726 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1727 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1728 2 3
|
|
|
1729
|
|
|
1730 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1731 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1735 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1736 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1737 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1738 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1739 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1740 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1741 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1744 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1745 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1746 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1747 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1748 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1749 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1750
|
|
|
1751 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1754 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1755 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1756 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1757 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1758 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1759 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1760 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1763 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 ;;;***
|
|
|
1766
|
|
|
1767 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1770 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1771
|
|
|
1772 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1773 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1776 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1779 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1780 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1781
|
|
|
1782 ;;;***
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
1784 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1785
|
|
|
1786 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1787 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1788 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1791 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1792 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1795 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1796 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1797 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1798
|
|
|
1799 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1800 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 ;;;***
|
|
|
1803
|
|
80
|
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
|
|
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1807 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1810 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
|
|
|
1811 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
|
|
|
1812 Upper-case letters are commands.
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
|
|
|
1815 modify it.
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 The most useful commands are:
|
|
|
1818 \\<decipher-mode-map>
|
|
|
1819 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
|
|
|
1820 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
|
|
|
1821 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
|
|
|
1822 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
|
|
|
1823 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 ;;;***
|
|
|
1826
|
|
78
|
1827 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1830 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1831 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1832 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1833 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1834 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1835 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1836 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 ;;;***
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
1842 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1843 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
1844
|
|
|
1845 ;;;***
|
|
|
1846
|
|
|
1847 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
1850 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 ;;;***
|
|
|
1853
|
|
|
1854 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
1857 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
1859 ;;;***
|
|
|
1860
|
|
|
1861 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
1864 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
1865 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
1866 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
1869 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
1870 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
1871 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
1872 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
1873 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 ;;;***
|
|
|
1876
|
|
|
1877 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
1878
|
|
|
1879 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
1880 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
1881
|
|
|
1882 ;;;***
|
|
|
1883
|
|
|
1884 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
1885
|
|
|
1886 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
1887 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
1888 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
1889 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
1890 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
1891
|
|
|
1892 ;;;***
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
1895
|
|
|
1896 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
1897 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 ;;;***
|
|
|
1900
|
|
|
1901 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
1904 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
1905
|
|
|
1906 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
1907 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1908
|
|
|
1909 ;;;***
|
|
|
1910
|
|
120
|
1911 ;;;### (autoloads (xmine-mode) "xmine" "games/xmine.el")
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 (autoload 'xmine-mode "xmine" "\
|
|
|
1914 A mode for playing the well known mine searching game.
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
1916 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button1]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action1]' unhides a tile,
|
|
|
1917 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button2]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action2]' unhides all neighbours of a tile,
|
|
|
1918 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button3]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action3]' (un)flagges a tile to hold a mine.
|
|
|
1919
|
|
|
1920 `\\[xmine-key-new]' starts a new game.
|
|
|
1921 `\\[xmine-key-quit]' ends a game.
|
|
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 All keybindings (with alternatives) currently in effect:
|
|
|
1924 \\{xmine-keymap}
|
|
|
1925
|
|
|
1926 The rules are quite easy: You start by unhiding (random) tiles. An unhidden
|
|
|
1927 tile showing a number tells you something about the number of mines in it's
|
|
|
1928 neighborhood, where the neighborhood are all 8 tiles (or less if it's
|
|
|
1929 at a border) around the tile.
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 E.g. a \"1\" shows you that there is only one mine in the neighborhood of
|
|
|
1932 this tile. Empty tiles have no mines around them, and empty tiles in
|
|
|
1933 the neighborhood of another empty tile are all automatically unhidden
|
|
|
1934 if you unhide one of them. You need to find a strategy to use the
|
|
|
1935 information you have from the numbers to \"flag\" the tiles with mines
|
|
|
1936 under them and unhide all other tiles. If you correctly made this
|
|
|
1937 without accidently unhiding a mine, you've won.
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 If you are sure you have correctly flagged all mines around a unhidden tile,
|
|
|
1940 you can use Button-2 or \\[xmine-key-action2] on it to unhide all it's
|
|
|
1941 neighbors. But beware: If you made a mistake by flagging the wrong mines,
|
|
|
1942 you'll blow up!
|
|
|
1943
|
|
|
1944 Have Fun." t nil)
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 (fset 'xmine 'xmine-mode)
|
|
|
1947
|
|
|
1948 ;;;***
|
|
|
1949
|
|
78
|
1950 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
1953 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
1954
|
|
|
1955 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
1956 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
1957
|
|
|
1958 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
1959 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
1960 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
1962 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
1963 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 ;;;***
|
|
|
1966
|
|
110
|
1967 ;;;### (autoloads (gnats:summ-pr gnats:query-pr gnats:edit-pr gnats:view-pr gnats:gnats-mode) "gnats" "gnats/gnats.el")
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 (defvar gnats::mode-name nil "\
|
|
|
1970 Name of the GNATS mode.")
|
|
|
1971
|
|
|
1972 (setq gnats::mode-name 'gnats:gnats-mode)
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 (fset 'gnats-mode gnats::mode-name)
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 (autoload 'gnats:gnats-mode "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1977 Major mode for editing problem reports.
|
|
|
1978 For information about the form see gnats(1) and pr_form(5).
|
|
|
1979
|
|
|
1980 When you are finished editing the buffer, type \\[gnats:submit-pr] to commit
|
|
|
1981 your changes to the PR database. To abort the edit, type
|
|
|
1982 \\[gnats:unlock-buffer].
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
1984 Special commands:
|
|
|
1985 \\{gnats-mode-map}
|
|
|
1986 Turning on gnats-mode calls the value of the variable gnats-mode-hook,
|
|
|
1987 if it is not nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
1989 (fset 'view-pr 'gnats:view-pr)
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 (autoload 'gnats:view-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1992 Visit the problem report named by the string ID. While viewing, press
|
|
|
1993 'e' to edit the currently viewed PR." t nil)
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 (fset 'edit-pr 'gnats:edit-pr)
|
|
|
1996
|
|
|
1997 (autoload 'gnats:edit-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1998 Edit the problem report named by the string ID." t nil)
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 (fset 'query-pr 'gnats:query-pr)
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 (autoload 'gnats:query-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2003 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
2004 While query-pr runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
2005 to find the text that the hits refer to." t nil)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 (fset 'summ-pr 'gnats:summ-pr)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009 (autoload 'gnats:summ-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2010 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and display a pretty summary.
|
|
|
2011 Well, display a summary, at least." t nil)
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 ;;;***
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 ;;;### (autoloads (send-pr:send-pr-mode send-pr:send-pr) "send-pr" "gnats/send-pr.el")
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017 (fset 'send-pr 'send-pr:send-pr)
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2020 Create a buffer and read in the result of `send-pr -P'.
|
|
|
2021 When finished with editing the problem report use \\[send-pr:submit-pr]
|
|
|
2022 to send the PR with `send-pr -b -f -'." t nil)
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
2024 (fset 'send-pr-mode 'send-pr:send-pr-mode)
|
|
|
2025
|
|
|
2026 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr-mode "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2027 Major mode for submitting problem reports.
|
|
|
2028 For information about the form see gnats(1) and send-pr(1).
|
|
|
2029 Special commands: \\{send-pr-mode-map}
|
|
|
2030 Turning on send-pr-mode calls the value of the variable send-pr-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2031 if it is not nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2032
|
|
|
2033 ;;;***
|
|
|
2034
|
|
78
|
2035 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
2038 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 ;;;***
|
|
|
2041
|
|
98
|
2042 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
|
|
|
2045 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 ;;;***
|
|
|
2048
|
|
78
|
2049 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
98
|
2052 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
|
|
|
2053
|
|
|
2054 Usage:
|
|
|
2055 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
|
|
78
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2058 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
2059
|
|
|
2060 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2061 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
2062
|
|
|
2063 ;;;***
|
|
|
2064
|
|
98
|
2065 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
|
|
|
2068 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
2069 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
2070
|
|
|
2071 ;;;***
|
|
|
2072
|
|
|
2073 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
|
|
|
2078 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
2079 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
2080 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
2081 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
2082 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
2083
|
|
|
2084 ;;;***
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
|
|
|
2087
|
|
|
2088 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
|
|
|
2089 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
|
|
|
2090 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2091
|
|
|
2092 ;;;***
|
|
|
2093
|
|
|
2094 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
2097 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
2098 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
2099 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
2100
|
|
|
2101 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
2102 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
2103
|
|
|
2104 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
2105
|
|
|
2106 ;;;***
|
|
|
2107
|
|
98
|
2108 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
|
|
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
|
|
78
|
2111 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
2112
|
|
98
|
2113 ;;;***
|
|
|
2114
|
|
|
2115 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
|
|
|
2116
|
|
|
2117 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2118 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2121 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
|
|
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 ;;;***
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
2125 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
|
|
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
|
|
78
|
2128 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2129
|
|
98
|
2130 ;;;***
|
|
|
2131
|
|
|
2132 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
2133
|
|
78
|
2134 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2135 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2138 Read network news.
|
|
|
2139 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2140 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
2141 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2142 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
2143 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
2144
|
|
|
2145 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2146 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2149 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
2150
|
|
|
2151 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2152 Read network news.
|
|
|
2153 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2154 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2155 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 ;;;***
|
|
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
2160
|
|
98
|
2161 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
|
|
|
2164
|
|
|
2165 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2166
|
|
|
2167 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
|
|
|
2168
|
|
|
2169 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2178
|
|
|
2179 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
78
|
2180
|
|
|
2181 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2182 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2183 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2184 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2185 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2186 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2187 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
98
|
2188 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
78
|
2189 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2190 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
98
|
2191 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
|
|
78
|
2192 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2193 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2194 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2195 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2196 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2197 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2198 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
98
|
2199 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
|
|
|
2200 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2201
|
|
|
2202 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2203 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2206 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2209 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2210
|
|
98
|
2211 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2212 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
|
|
|
2215 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2216 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2217
|
|
|
2218 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2219 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2220
|
|
|
2221 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2222 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2223 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2224 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2225
|
|
|
2226 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2227 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
108
|
2230 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
78
|
2231 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2232
|
|
|
2233 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2234 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2235
|
|
|
2236 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2237 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2238 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2239 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2240 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2243 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2246 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2247
|
|
|
2248 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2249 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2252 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2253
|
|
|
2254 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2255 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2256 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2257 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2258 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2261 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2262 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2263 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2264
|
|
|
2265 ;;;***
|
|
|
2266
|
|
98
|
2267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
|
|
|
2270 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2271
|
|
|
2272 ;;;***
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
|
|
|
2277 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
|
|
|
2278 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
|
|
|
2279 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
|
|
|
2280 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
|
|
|
2281 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
|
|
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 ;;;***
|
|
|
2284
|
|
78
|
2285 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2286
|
|
|
2287 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2288 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2289
|
|
|
2290 ;;;***
|
|
|
2291
|
|
|
2292 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2293
|
|
|
2294 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2295 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2296 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 ;;;***
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
112
|
2303 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2304
|
|
|
2305 ;;;***
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2308
|
|
|
2309 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2310 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2313 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2314
|
|
|
2315 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2316 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2317
|
|
|
2318 ;;;***
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2323 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2324 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2325
|
|
|
2326 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2327
|
|
|
2328 ;;;***
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2333 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2334
|
|
|
2335 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2336
|
|
136
|
2337 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2338 Display \"smileys\" as small graphical icons." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 ;;;***
|
|
|
2341
|
|
|
2342 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2345 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2346 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2347 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2348 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2351 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2352 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2353
|
|
|
2354 ;;;***
|
|
|
2355
|
|
|
2356 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2359 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2360
|
|
|
2361 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2362 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2365 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2366 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2367
|
|
|
2368 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2369 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2370
|
|
|
2371 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2372 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 ;;;***
|
|
|
2375
|
|
98
|
2376 ;;;### (autoloads (tmpl-insert-template-file tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer tmpl-expand-templates-in-region) "tmpl-minor-mode" "hm--html-menus/tmpl-minor-mode.el")
|
|
|
2377
|
|
|
2378 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-region "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2379 Expands the templates in the region from BEGIN to END.
|
|
|
2380 If BEGIN and END are nil, then the current region is used." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2383 Expands all templates in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2384
|
|
|
2385 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
|
2386 Inserts a template FILE and expands it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
|
2387 This command tries to read the template file from a list of
|
|
116
|
2388 predefined directories (look at `tmpl-template-dir-list') and it filters
|
|
|
2389 the contents of these directories with the regular expression
|
|
98
|
2390 `tmpl-filter-regexp' (look also at this variable).
|
|
|
2391 The command uses a history variable, which could be changed with the
|
|
|
2392 variable `tmpl-history-variable-name'.
|
|
|
2393
|
|
116
|
2394 The user of the command is able to change interactively to another
|
|
98
|
2395 directory by entering at first the string \"Change the directory\".
|
|
116
|
2396 This may be too difficult for the user. Therefore another command
|
|
98
|
2397 called `tmpl-insert-template-file' exist, which doesn't use fixed
|
|
|
2398 directories and filters." t nil)
|
|
|
2399
|
|
|
2400 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2401 Inserts a template FILE and expand it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
98
|
2402 Look also at `tmpl-template-dir-list', to specify a default template directory.
|
|
|
2403 You should also take a look at `tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs'
|
|
|
2404 which has additional advantages (and disadvantages :-).
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 ATTENTION: The interface of this function has changed. The old
|
|
|
2407 function had the argument list (&optional TEMPLATE-DIR AUTOMATIC-EXPAND).
|
|
|
2408 The variables `tmpl-template-dir-list' and `tmpl-automatic-expand' must
|
|
|
2409 now be used instead of the args TEMPLATE-DIR and AUTOMATIC-EXPAND." t nil)
|
|
|
2410
|
|
|
2411 ;;;***
|
|
|
2412
|
|
78
|
2413 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2414
|
|
|
2415 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2416 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2417 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2418
|
|
|
2419 ;;;***
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2422
|
|
|
2423 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2424 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2425
|
|
|
2426 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2427 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2428 is found;
|
|
|
2429 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2430 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2431 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2432 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2433 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2434 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2435 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2436 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2439 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2440
|
|
|
2441 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2442 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2445 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2446 is found;
|
|
|
2447 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2448 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2449 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2450 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2451 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2452 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2453 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2454 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2457 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2458
|
|
|
2459 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2460 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2461 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2462 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 ;;;***
|
|
|
2465
|
|
100
|
2466 ;;;### (autoloads (hkey-help-show) "hmouse-drv" "hyperbole/hmouse-drv.el")
|
|
|
2467
|
|
|
2468 (autoload 'hkey-help-show "hmouse-drv" "\
|
|
|
2469 Saves prior frame configuration if BUFFER displays help. Displays BUFFER.
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 Optional second arg CURRENT-WINDOW non-nil forces display of buffer within
|
|
|
2472 the current window. By default, it is displayed in another window." nil nil)
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 ;;;***
|
|
|
2475
|
|
|
2476 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc smart-lisp-mode-p smart-java-at-tag-p smart-java smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
78
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2479 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2480
|
|
|
2481 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2482 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2483
|
|
|
2484 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2485 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2486 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2487
|
|
|
2488 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2489 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 If:
|
|
100
|
2492 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2493 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2494 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2495 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2496 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2497 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2498 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
78
|
2499 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2500 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2501
|
|
100
|
2502 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2503 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2504
|
|
|
2505 (autoload 'smart-java "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2506 Jumps to the definition of optional Java IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2507 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Java tag.
|
|
78
|
2508
|
|
|
2509 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2510 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2511
|
|
100
|
2512 If:
|
|
|
2513 (1) within a commented @see cross-reference, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2514 (2) on a `package' or `import' statement, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2515 Look for referent files in the directory list `smart-java-package-dirs'.
|
|
|
2516 (3) on an Java identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2517 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2518 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2519
|
|
|
2520 (autoload 'smart-java-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2521 Return Java tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 (autoload 'smart-lisp-mode-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2524 Return t if in a mode which uses Lisp symbols." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2525
|
|
|
2526 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2527 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2528 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2529
|
|
|
2530 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2531 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 If:
|
|
100
|
2534 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2535 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2536 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2537 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2538 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2539 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2540 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
78
|
2541 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2542 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2543
|
|
|
2544 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2545 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2546 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2547 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
100
|
2550 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or `tags-file-name'.
|
|
|
2551 Optional NAME-OF-TAGS-FILE is the literal filename for which to look." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 ;;;***
|
|
|
2554
|
|
108
|
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (hyperbole) "hui-mini" "hyperbole/hui-mini.el")
|
|
|
2556
|
|
|
2557 (autoload 'hyperbole "hui-mini" "\
|
|
|
2558 Invokes default Hyperbole menu user interface when not already active.
|
|
|
2559 Suitable for binding to a key, e.g. {C-h h}.
|
|
|
2560 Non-interactively, returns t if menu is actually invoked by call, else nil.
|
|
|
2561
|
|
|
2562 Two optional arguments may be given to invoke alternative menus.
|
|
|
2563 MENU (a symbol) specifies the menu to invoke from MENU-LIST, (a
|
|
|
2564 Hyperbole menu list structure). MENU defaults to 'hyperbole and MENU-LIST
|
|
|
2565 to `hui:menus'. See `hui:menus' definition for the format of the menu list
|
|
|
2566 structure." t nil)
|
|
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 ;;;***
|
|
|
2569
|
|
78
|
2570 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2571
|
|
|
2572 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2573 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2574 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2575 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577 ;;;***
|
|
|
2578
|
|
100
|
2579 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:display-file-with-logo hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
78
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2582 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2583
|
|
100
|
2584 (autoload 'hypb:display-file-with-logo "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2585 Display an optional text FILE with the InfoDock Associates logo prepended.
|
|
|
2586 Without file, logo is prepended to the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2587
|
|
78
|
2588 ;;;***
|
|
|
2589
|
|
|
2590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2591
|
|
|
2592 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2593 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2594 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2595 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2596 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2597 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2600 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2601 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2602 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2603 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2604 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2605 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2606
|
|
|
2607 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2608 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2609 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2610 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2613 asterisks;
|
|
|
2614 .kot
|
|
|
2615 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2616
|
|
|
2617 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2620 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2621 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2622 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2623 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2624 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2625 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2626
|
|
|
2627 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2628 .kot
|
|
|
2629 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2630 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 ;;;***
|
|
|
2633
|
|
|
2634 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2635
|
|
|
2636 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2637 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2638 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2639 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2642 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2643
|
|
|
2644 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2645 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2646
|
|
|
2647 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2648 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2649 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2650
|
|
|
2651 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2652 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2653 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2654
|
|
|
2655 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2656 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2657 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2658 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2661 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2662
|
|
|
2663 ;;;***
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2666
|
|
|
2667 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2668 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2669 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2670 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2671 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2672 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2673 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2674 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2675 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2676 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2677 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 ;;;***
|
|
|
2680
|
|
114
|
2681 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-toggle-datestamps rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
78
|
2682
|
|
|
2683 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2684 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2685 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2686 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2687 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2688 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2689
|
|
|
2690 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2691 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
114
|
2692 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in `rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
78
|
2693 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2694
|
|
|
2695 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2696 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2697 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
114
|
2698 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in `rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
78
|
2699 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2700 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2701
|
|
|
2702 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2703 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2704 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2705 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2706 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2707 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2708 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2709
|
|
|
2710 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2711 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2712 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2715 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2718 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2719 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2720 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2721 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2722 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2723 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2726 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2727 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2728
|
|
|
2729 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2730 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2731
|
|
|
2732 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2733 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2734 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2735 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2736 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2737 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2740 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
114
|
2741 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more `*'characters.
|
|
78
|
2742 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2743
|
|
114
|
2744 (autoload 'rolo-toggle-datestamps "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2745 Toggle whether datestamps are updated when rolodex entries are modified.
|
|
|
2746 With optional ARG, turn them on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2747
|
|
78
|
2748 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2749 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2750 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2751 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2752
|
|
|
2753 ;;;***
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2756
|
|
|
2757 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2758 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2759 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2760 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2761 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2762 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2763
|
|
|
2764 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2765 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2768 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2769 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2770 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2771 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2772 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2773 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2774 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2775 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2776
|
|
|
2777 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2778 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
2780 ;;;***
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2783
|
|
|
2784 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2785
|
|
|
2786 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2787
|
|
|
2788 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2789 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2790
|
|
|
2791 ;;;***
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2798 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2799 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2800
|
|
|
2801 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2802 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2803 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2804
|
|
|
2805 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2806 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2807 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
2809 ;;;***
|
|
|
2810
|
|
|
2811 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2812
|
|
|
2813 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2814 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2815
|
|
|
2816 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2817 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2820 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2821
|
|
|
2822 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2825 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2828 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830 ;;;***
|
|
|
2831
|
|
|
2832 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2835
|
|
|
2836 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2837 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2838
|
|
|
2839 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2840
|
|
|
2841 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2842
|
|
|
2843 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2844
|
|
|
2845 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2846 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
2847 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
2848 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
2849
|
|
|
2850 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2851 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2852
|
|
|
2853 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2854
|
|
|
2855 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2856 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2857 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
2858 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2861 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2862
|
|
|
2863 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2864
|
|
|
2865 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
2866 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
2867 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
2868
|
|
|
2869 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2870 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2873 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2878 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2879 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
2880 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
2881
|
|
|
2882 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2883 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
2884 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
2885 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2888 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
2890 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2893 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
2894
|
|
|
2895 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2896 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2899 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2902 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2905 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2908 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2909
|
|
|
2910 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2911 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2914 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2917 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2918
|
|
|
2919 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2920
|
|
|
2921 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2924
|
|
|
2925 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2926 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2929 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
2930
|
|
|
2931 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2932
|
|
|
2933 ;;;***
|
|
|
2934
|
|
|
2935 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
2936
|
|
|
2937 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2938 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2939 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2940 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2941
|
|
|
2942 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2943
|
|
|
2944 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2945 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2946 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2947 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
2948 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
2949 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
2950 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
2951
|
|
|
2952 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2953 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2954 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2955 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2960 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
2961 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
2962 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
2963 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
2964 messages.
|
|
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
2967
|
|
|
2968 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
2969
|
|
|
2970 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
2971 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
2972 the yanked message.
|
|
|
2973
|
|
|
2974 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
2975 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
2976 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
2977 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
2978 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
2979
|
|
|
2980 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
2981 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
2982 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
2983
|
|
|
2984 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
2985 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
2986
|
|
|
2987 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
2988 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2989
|
|
|
2990 ;;;***
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
2993
|
|
|
2994 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2995 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
2996 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2997 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
2998
|
|
|
2999 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
3000 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
3001
|
|
|
3002 ;;;***
|
|
|
3003
|
|
|
3004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
3005
|
|
|
3006 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
3007 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
3008
|
|
|
3009 ;;;***
|
|
|
3010
|
|
|
3011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
3012
|
|
|
3013 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3014
|
|
|
3015 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3016
|
|
|
3017 ;;;***
|
|
|
3018
|
|
|
3019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 ;;;***
|
|
|
3022
|
|
|
3023 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3026 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
3031 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
3032
|
|
|
3033 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
3034 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
3035 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3036
|
|
|
3037 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
3038 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
3040 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
3043 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
3044 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
3047 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
3050 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
3053 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
3054 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
3055 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
3056 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
3059 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
3060
|
|
|
3061 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
3062 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
3063 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
3064 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
3065 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
3066 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
3067 with body stubs.
|
|
|
3068
|
|
|
3069 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
3070 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
3071 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
3072 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
3073 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
3074
|
|
|
3075 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3076 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
3077
|
|
|
3078 ;;;***
|
|
|
3079
|
|
|
3080 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
3081
|
|
|
3082 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3083 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
3084 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
3085 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
3086 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
3087 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
3090 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
3091 archive.
|
|
|
3092
|
|
|
3093 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
3094
|
|
|
3095 ;;;***
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
3100 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
3101 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
3102
|
|
|
3103 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3104 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3105 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3106 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
3107
|
|
|
3108 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
3109 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
3110
|
|
|
3111 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
3112 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
3113
|
|
|
3114 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
3115
|
|
|
3116 Special commands:
|
|
|
3117 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
3118 " t nil)
|
|
|
3119
|
|
|
3120 ;;;***
|
|
|
3121
|
|
149
|
3122 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf-mode" "modes/autoconf-mode.el")
|
|
|
3123
|
|
|
3124 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf-mode" "\
|
|
|
3125 A major-mode to edit autoconf input files like configure.in
|
|
|
3126 \\{autoconf-mode-map}
|
|
|
3127 " t nil)
|
|
|
3128
|
|
|
3129 ;;;***
|
|
|
3130
|
|
78
|
3131 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
3134 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
3135 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
3136 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
3137 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
3138
|
|
|
3139 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3140 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3141
|
|
|
3142 ;;;***
|
|
|
3143
|
|
|
3144 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3147 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3150
|
|
|
3151 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3152
|
|
|
3153 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3154 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3155 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3156 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3157 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3158 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3159
|
|
|
3160 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3161 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3162 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3163 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3164
|
|
|
3165 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3166 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3167
|
|
|
3168 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3169
|
|
|
3170 Functions:
|
|
|
3171 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3172 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3173 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3174 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3175 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3176
|
|
|
3177 Variables:
|
|
|
3178 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3179 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3180 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3181 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3182 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3183 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3184 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3185
|
|
|
3186 Fields:
|
|
|
3187 address
|
|
|
3188 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3189 annote
|
|
|
3190 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3191 author
|
|
|
3192 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3193 booktitle
|
|
|
3194 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3195 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3196 chapter
|
|
|
3197 Chapter number
|
|
|
3198 crossref
|
|
|
3199 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3200 edition
|
|
|
3201 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3202 editor
|
|
|
3203 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3204 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3205 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3206 howpublished
|
|
|
3207 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3208 institution
|
|
|
3209 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3210 journal
|
|
|
3211 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3212 key
|
|
|
3213 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3214 month
|
|
|
3215 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3216 note
|
|
|
3217 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3218 number
|
|
|
3219 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3220 organization
|
|
|
3221 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3222 pages
|
|
|
3223 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3224 publisher
|
|
|
3225 Publisher name
|
|
|
3226 school
|
|
|
3227 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3228 series
|
|
|
3229 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3230 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3231 title
|
|
|
3232 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3233 type
|
|
|
3234 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3235 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3236 volume
|
|
|
3237 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3238 year
|
|
|
3239 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3240 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3241 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3242 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 ;;;***
|
|
|
3245
|
|
118
|
3246 ;;;### (autoloads (c-add-style c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
78
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3249 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3250 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3251 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3252 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3253 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3254
|
|
110
|
3255 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3256
|
|
|
3257 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3258 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3259 run first.
|
|
|
3260
|
|
|
3261 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3262 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3265 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3266 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3267 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3268 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3269 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3270 message.
|
|
|
3271
|
|
110
|
3272 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3273
|
|
|
3274 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3275 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3276 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3277
|
|
|
3278 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3279 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3282 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3283 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3284 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3285 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3286 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3287 message.
|
|
|
3288
|
|
110
|
3289 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3290
|
|
|
3291 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3292 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3293 is run first.
|
|
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3296 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3297
|
|
|
3298 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3299 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3301 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3304 message.
|
|
|
3305
|
|
110
|
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3307
|
|
|
3308 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3309 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3310 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3311 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3312 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3315 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
110
|
3318 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
78
|
3319 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3320 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
110
|
3321 for details of setting up styles.
|
|
|
3322
|
|
|
3323 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
|
|
|
3324 style name." t nil)
|
|
78
|
3325
|
|
118
|
3326 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3327 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
|
|
|
3328 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
|
|
|
3329 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
|
|
|
3330
|
|
|
3331 ((VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
|
|
|
3332
|
|
|
3333 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of VARIABLE and
|
|
|
3334 VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using
|
|
|
3335 `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3336
|
|
78
|
3337 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3338
|
|
|
3339 ;;;***
|
|
|
3340
|
|
|
3341 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3342
|
|
|
3343 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3344
|
|
|
3345 ;;;***
|
|
|
3346
|
|
|
3347 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3348
|
|
|
3349 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3350 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3351 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3352 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3353
|
|
|
3354 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3355 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3356 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3357
|
|
|
3358 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3359 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3360
|
|
|
3361 ;;;***
|
|
|
3362
|
|
|
3363 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3364
|
|
|
3365 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3366 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3367
|
|
|
3368 ;;;***
|
|
|
3369
|
|
|
3370 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3373 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3374 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3375 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3376 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3379 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
3381 Commands:
|
|
|
3382
|
|
|
3383 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3384
|
|
|
3385 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3386
|
|
|
3387 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 ;;;***
|
|
|
3390
|
|
|
3391 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3392
|
|
|
3393 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3394 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3395 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3396 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3397 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3398 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3399
|
|
|
3400 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3401 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3402 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3403
|
|
|
3404 ;;;***
|
|
|
3405
|
|
|
3406 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3407
|
|
|
3408 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3409 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3410
|
|
|
3411 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3412 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3413 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3414
|
|
|
3415 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3416
|
|
|
3417 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3418 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3419
|
|
|
3420 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3423 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3424 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3425 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3426 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3427 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3428 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3429 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3430 (default 2)
|
|
|
3431 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3432 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3433 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3434 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3435 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3436 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3437 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3438 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3439 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3440 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3441 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3442 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3443 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3444 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3445 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3446 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3447 (default t)
|
|
|
3448 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3449 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3450 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3451 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3452 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3453 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3454 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3455 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3456 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3457 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3458 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3459 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3460 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3461 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3462 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3463
|
|
|
3464 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3465 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3466
|
|
|
3467 ;;;***
|
|
|
3468
|
|
|
3469 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3470
|
|
|
3471 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3472
|
|
|
3473 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3474 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3477 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3478
|
|
|
3479 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3480 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3481
|
|
|
3482 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3483 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3484
|
|
|
3485 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3486 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3487 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3490 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3491 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3492 movement commands.
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3495 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3496 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3497 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
108
|
3498 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
78
|
3499 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
3501 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3502 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3503
|
|
|
3504 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3505
|
|
|
3506 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3507 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3508 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3509
|
|
|
3510 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3511 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3512
|
|
|
3513 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3514 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3515
|
|
|
3516 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3517 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3518
|
|
|
3519 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3520 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3521 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3522 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3523 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3524 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3525
|
|
|
3526 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3527 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3528 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3529
|
|
|
3530 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3531 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3532 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3533
|
|
|
3534 ;;;***
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3537
|
|
134
|
3538 (defcustom fortran-tab-mode-default nil "*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.\nA value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.\nA value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked\nwith a character in column 6." :type 'boolean :group 'fortran-indent)
|
|
78
|
3539
|
|
|
3540 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3541 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3542 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3543 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3544
|
|
|
3545 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3548 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 comment-start
|
|
|
3553 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3554 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3555 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3556 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3557 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3558 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3559 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3560 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3561 (default 3)
|
|
|
3562 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3563 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3564 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3565 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3566 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3567 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3568 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3569 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3570 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3571 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3572 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3573 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3574 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3575 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3576 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3577 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3578 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3579 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3580 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3581 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3582 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3583 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3584 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3585 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3586 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3587 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3588 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3589 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3590 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3591 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3592 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3593 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3594 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3595 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3596 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3597 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3598 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3599 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3600 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3601 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3602 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3603 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3604 (default t)
|
|
|
3605 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3606 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3609 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 ;;;***
|
|
|
3612
|
|
|
3613 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3616
|
|
|
3617 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3618 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3619 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3620 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3621 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3622 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3623
|
|
|
3624 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3625 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3626 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3627 is used.
|
|
|
3628
|
|
|
3629 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3630 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3631 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3632 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3633 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3634
|
|
|
3635 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3636 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3637 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3638
|
|
|
3639 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3640 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3641 is activated.
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3644 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3645 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3646
|
|
|
3647 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3648
|
|
|
3649 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3650 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3651
|
|
|
3652 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3653 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3654
|
|
|
3655 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3656 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3657
|
|
|
3658 ;;;***
|
|
|
3659
|
|
|
3660 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3661
|
|
|
3662 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3663 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3664 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3665
|
|
|
3666 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3667 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3668 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3669 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3670
|
|
|
3671 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3672 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3673 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3674 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3675 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3676
|
|
|
3677 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3678 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3679 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3680 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3681 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3682 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3683 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3686 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3687
|
|
|
3688 (add-minor-mode 'hs-minor-mode " hs" 'hs-minor-mode-map)
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
3690 ;;;***
|
|
|
3691
|
|
|
3692 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3693
|
|
|
3694 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3695 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3696 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3697 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3698 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3699 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3700 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3701 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3702 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3703 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3704 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3705 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3706 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3707 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3708 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3709 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3710 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3711 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3712 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3713 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3714 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3715 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3716 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3717 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3718 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3719 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3720 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3721 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3722 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3723
|
|
|
3724 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3725 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3726
|
|
|
3727 ;;;***
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3730
|
|
|
3731 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3732 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3733
|
|
|
3734 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3735 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3736
|
|
|
3737 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3738 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3739
|
|
|
3740 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3741 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3742
|
|
|
3743 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3744 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3745 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3746 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3747
|
|
|
3748 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3749 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3750
|
|
|
3751 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3752
|
|
|
3753 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3754 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3755 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3756
|
|
|
3757 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3760
|
|
|
3761 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3762 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3763 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3764 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3767 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3768 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 ;;;***
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
151
|
3775 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.29 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
78
|
3776 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3777 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3778 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3779 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3780 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3781 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3782 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3783 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3784 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3785 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3786 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3787 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3788 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3789 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3790 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3791 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3792 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3793 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3794 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3795 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3796 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3797 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3798 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3799 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3800 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3801 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3802 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3803 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3804 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3805 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3806 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3809 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3810 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3811 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3812 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3813 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3814
|
|
|
3815 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3816 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3817 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3818
|
|
|
3819 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3820 By setting
|
|
|
3821 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3822 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3823
|
|
|
3824 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
3826 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3827 then
|
|
|
3828 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3829 foo
|
|
|
3830 fi
|
|
|
3831
|
|
|
3832 By setting
|
|
|
3833 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3834 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3839 then
|
|
|
3840 bar
|
|
|
3841 foo
|
|
|
3842 fi
|
|
|
3843
|
|
|
3844 By setting
|
|
|
3845 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3846 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3847
|
|
|
3848 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3849
|
|
|
3850 case x in *
|
|
|
3851 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3852 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
3853 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3854 bar;;
|
|
|
3855 esac
|
|
|
3856
|
|
|
3857 By setting
|
|
|
3858 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3859 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3862
|
|
|
3863 case x in *
|
|
|
3864 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3865 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3866 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3867 bar;;
|
|
|
3868 esac
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870
|
|
|
3871 Installation:
|
|
|
3872
|
|
|
3873 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
3874 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
3875 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
3876 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
3877 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
3878 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
3879 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
3880 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
3881 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
3882 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
3883
|
|
|
3884 ;;;***
|
|
|
3885
|
|
|
3886 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
3887
|
|
120
|
3888 (defcustom mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) file) :group 'mail-abbrevs)
|
|
78
|
3889
|
|
|
3890 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
3891 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
3892 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
3893 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
3894 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
3895
|
|
|
3896 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3897
|
|
|
3898 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3899 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
3900
|
|
|
3901 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3902 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
3903 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
3904
|
|
|
3905 ;;;***
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
3908
|
|
|
3909 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
3910 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
3911 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3912
|
|
|
3913 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
3914
|
|
|
3915 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
3916
|
|
|
3917 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
3918
|
|
|
3919 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
3922 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
3923
|
|
|
3924 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
3925 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
3926 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
3927 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
3928
|
|
|
3929 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
3930 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
3931 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
3932 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
3933 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
3934 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
3935 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
3936
|
|
|
3937 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
3938 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
3939 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
3940
|
|
|
3941 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
3942 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
3943
|
|
|
3944 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
3945 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
3946 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
3947
|
|
|
3948 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
3949 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
3952 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3953
|
|
|
3954 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
3955 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
3956 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
3957 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
3960 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
3961 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
3962 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
3963 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
3964
|
|
|
3965 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
3966 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
3967 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
3968 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
3969 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
3970 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
3971 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
3972 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
3973
|
|
|
3974 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
3975 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
3976 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
3979 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
3980 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
3981 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 ;;;***
|
|
|
3984
|
|
|
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
3986
|
|
|
3987 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
3988 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
3989 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
3990 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
3991 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
3992 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
3993 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
3994 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
3995 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
3996 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
3997 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
3998 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
3999 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
4000 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
4001 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
4002 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
4003 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
4004 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
4005 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
4008 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
4009 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
4010
|
|
|
4011 ;;;***
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
4014
|
|
|
4015 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4016 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
4017 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
4018 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4019 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
4020 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
4021
|
|
|
4022 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4023 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
4024 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
4025 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
4026 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
4027 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
4028
|
|
|
4029 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4030 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 ;;;***
|
|
|
4035
|
|
|
4036 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
4037
|
|
|
4038 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4039 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4040
|
|
|
4041 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4042 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 ;;;***
|
|
|
4045
|
|
|
4046 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
4047
|
|
|
4048 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4049 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
4050
|
|
|
4051 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4054
|
|
|
4055 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
4056
|
|
|
4057 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4058 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
4059 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
4060 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
4061
|
|
|
4062 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
4063 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
4064 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
4065 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
4066
|
|
|
4067 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
4068 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
4069 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
4070 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
4071 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
4072 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
4073
|
|
|
4074 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
4075 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
4076
|
|
|
4077 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
4078 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
4079 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4080 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4081 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4082 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
4083 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
4084 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
4085 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
4086 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4087 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
4088 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
4091 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
4092 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
4095 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4096
|
|
|
4097 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4098 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
4099 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
4100 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 ;;;***
|
|
|
4103
|
|
|
4104 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
4105
|
|
|
4106 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
4107 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
4108 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
4111 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
4112
|
|
|
4113 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
4116 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
4117 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
4118 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
4119 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
4120 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
4121 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
4122 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
4123 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
4124
|
|
|
4125 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4126
|
|
|
4127 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4128 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4129 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4130 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4131 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
110
|
4132 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
|
|
78
|
4133 after an end.
|
|
|
4134 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4135 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4136 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4137 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4138 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4139 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4140 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
108
|
4141 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
78
|
4142
|
|
|
4143 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4144 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4145
|
|
|
4146 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4147 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4148
|
|
|
4149 ;;;***
|
|
|
4150
|
|
|
4151 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4154 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4155 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4156 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4157 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4158 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4159 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4160 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4161 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4162 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4163 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4164 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4165 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4166 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4167 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4168 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4169 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4170 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4171 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4172 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4173 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4174 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4175 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4176 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4177 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4178 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4179 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4180 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4181 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4182 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4183 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4184 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4185 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4186 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4187 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4188
|
|
|
4189 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4190 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4191 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4192 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4193 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4194 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4195 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4196
|
|
|
4197 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4198
|
|
|
4199 ;;;***
|
|
|
4200
|
|
|
4201 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4204 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4205 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4206 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4207 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4208 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4209 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4210 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4211 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4212 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4213 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4214 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4215 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4216 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4217 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4218 with these commands:
|
|
|
4219 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4220 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4221 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4222 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4223 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4224 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4225 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4226 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4227 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4228 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4229 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4230 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4231 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4232 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4233 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4234 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4235 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4236 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4237 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4238 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4239 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4240 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4241 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4242 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4243 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4244 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4245 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4246 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4247 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4248 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4249 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4250 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4251 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4252 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4253 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4256
|
|
|
4257 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4258 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4259
|
|
|
4260 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4261
|
|
|
4262 ;;;***
|
|
|
4263
|
|
|
4264 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4265
|
|
|
4266 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4267 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4270 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4271 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4272 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4273
|
|
|
4274 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4275 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4276 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4277 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4278
|
|
|
4279 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4282 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 ;;;***
|
|
|
4285
|
|
|
4286 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4287
|
|
|
4288 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4289 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4290 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4291 Commands:
|
|
|
4292 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4293 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4294 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4297 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4300 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4301
|
|
|
4302 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4303 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4304 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4305
|
|
|
4306 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4307 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 Commands:
|
|
|
4310 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4311 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4312 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4313 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4314
|
|
|
4315 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4316 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4317 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4318 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4319 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4320
|
|
|
4321 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4322 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 ;;;***
|
|
|
4325
|
|
|
4326 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4327
|
|
|
4328 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4331 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4332 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4333 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4334 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4335 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4338 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4339
|
|
|
4340 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4341 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4342 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4343
|
|
|
4344 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4345 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4346 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4347 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4348 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4349 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4350
|
|
|
4351 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4352 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4353 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4354 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4355 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4356 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4359 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4360
|
|
|
4361 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4362 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4363 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4364 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4365 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4366 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4367 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4368 mode.
|
|
|
4369
|
|
|
4370 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4371 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4372 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4373 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4374 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4375 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4376 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378 ;;;***
|
|
|
4379
|
|
|
4380 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4383 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4384 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4385
|
|
|
4386 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4387 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4388 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4389 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4390 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4391 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4392 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4393 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4394 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4395 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4396 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4397 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4398 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4399 command is used.
|
|
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4402 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4403 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4404
|
|
108
|
4405 An extensive abbreviation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
78
|
4406 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4407 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4408 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4411 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4412
|
|
|
4413 For example:
|
|
|
4414 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4415 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4416 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4417 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4418 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4419 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4420 ))
|
|
|
4421
|
|
|
4422 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
108
|
4423 IF-statements four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4424 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finally it will use the abbrev
|
|
78
|
4425 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4426
|
|
|
4427 ;;;***
|
|
|
4428
|
|
|
4429 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4430
|
|
134
|
4431 (defgroup resize-minibuffer nil "Dynamically resize minibuffer to display entire contents" :group 'frames)
|
|
|
4432
|
|
|
4433 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in\nwhich the active minibuffer window resides." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4434
|
|
|
4435 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame nil "*If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
78
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4444 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4445 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4446 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4449 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4452 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4453
|
|
|
4454 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4455 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4458 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4459 display its contents.
|
|
|
4460
|
|
108
|
4461 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
|
|
78
|
4462 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4463 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4464 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4465 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4466 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4467 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 ;;;***
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4474 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4475 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4476
|
|
|
4477 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4478 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4479 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4480 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4481 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4482 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4483
|
|
|
4484 Commands:
|
|
|
4485 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4486 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4487 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4488 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4489 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4490
|
|
|
4491 ;;;***
|
|
|
4492
|
|
|
4493 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4494
|
|
|
4495 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4496 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4497 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4498 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4499
|
|
|
4500 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4503 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4504
|
|
|
4505 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4506 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4507
|
|
|
4508 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4509 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4510 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4511
|
|
|
4512 ;;;***
|
|
|
4513
|
|
114
|
4514 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode user-mail-address) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
78
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4517 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4518
|
|
|
4519 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4520 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4521 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4522 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4523 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4524 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4525
|
|
|
4526 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4527 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4528 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4529 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4532 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4533 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4534
|
|
|
4535 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4536 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4539 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4540
|
|
|
4541 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4542 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4543
|
|
|
4544 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4545 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4546 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4547 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4548
|
|
|
4549 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4550 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4551
|
|
|
4552 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4553 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4554 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4557 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4558 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4559 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4560
|
|
|
4561 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4562 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4563 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4564 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4565 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4568 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4569 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4572 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4573 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4574
|
|
114
|
4575 (autoload 'user-mail-address "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4576 Query the user for his mail address, unless it is already known." t nil)
|
|
|
4577
|
|
78
|
4578 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4579 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4580 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4581 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4582 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4583 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4584 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4585 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4586 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4587 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4588 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4589 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4590 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4591
|
|
|
4592 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4593 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4594 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4595 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4596
|
|
|
4597 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4598 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4601 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4604 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4605 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4608 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4609
|
|
|
4610 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4611 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4612
|
|
|
4613 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4614 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4615
|
|
|
4616 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4617 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4618
|
|
|
4619 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4620 is inserted.
|
|
|
4621
|
|
|
4622 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4623 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4624
|
|
|
4625 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4626 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4627
|
|
|
4628 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4629 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4630 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4631 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4632 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4633 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4634 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4635 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4636 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4637 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4640 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4641
|
|
|
4642 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4643 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4646
|
|
|
4647 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4652
|
|
|
4653 ;;;***
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4660 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4661 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4662 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4663 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4664 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4665
|
|
|
4666 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4667 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4668 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4669 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4672 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4673 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4674
|
|
|
4675 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4676 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4677 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4678 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4679 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4680 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4681 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4682 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4683 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4684 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4685
|
|
|
4686 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4687 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4688 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4689 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4690 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4691 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4692
|
|
|
4693 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4694 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4695 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4696
|
|
|
4697 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4698 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4699 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4700
|
|
|
4701 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4702 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4703
|
|
|
4704 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 ;;;***
|
|
|
4707
|
|
151
|
4708 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode) "strokes" "modes/strokes.el")
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 (defvar strokes-enabled-p nil "\
|
|
|
4711 Variable determining whether `strokes' is globally enabled")
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4714 Toggle strokes being enabled.
|
|
|
4715 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
|
|
|
4716 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
|
|
|
4717 mode in all buffers when activated." t nil)
|
|
|
4718
|
|
|
4719 ;;;***
|
|
|
4720
|
|
78
|
4721 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4724 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4725 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4726 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4727 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4728 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4729
|
|
|
4730 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4731 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4732 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4733 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4734 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4735
|
|
|
4736 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4737 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4738 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4739 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4740 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4741 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4742 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4743 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4744 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4745 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4746 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4747 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4748 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4749 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4750 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4751
|
|
|
4752 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4753 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4754 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4755 already exist.
|
|
|
4756
|
|
|
4757 Commands:
|
|
|
4758 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4761 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
4762 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
4763 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4766 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
4767 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 ;;;***
|
|
|
4770
|
|
|
4771 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4774 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
4775 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
4776 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
4777 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
4778 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
4779 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
4780
|
|
|
4781 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
4782
|
|
|
4783 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4786 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
4787 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4788 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4789 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4790
|
|
|
4791 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
4792 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
4793 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4794 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4795 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4796 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4797 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4798
|
|
|
4799 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4800 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 Special commands:
|
|
|
4803 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4804
|
|
|
4805 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4806 tex-run-command
|
|
|
4807 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4808 tex-directory
|
|
|
4809 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
4810 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4811 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4812 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4813 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4814 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4815 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4816 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4817 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4818 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4819 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4820 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4821
|
|
|
4822 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4823 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4824 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
4827
|
|
|
4828 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4829 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
4830 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4831 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4832 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
4835 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
4836 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4837 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4838 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4839 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4840 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4841
|
|
|
4842 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4843 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 Special commands:
|
|
|
4846 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4847
|
|
|
4848 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4849 latex-run-command
|
|
|
4850 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4851 tex-directory
|
|
|
4852 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
4853 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4854 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4855 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4856 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4857 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4858 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4859 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4860 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4861 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4862 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4863 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4866 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4867 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 ;;;***
|
|
|
4870
|
|
|
4871 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
4874 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
4875
|
|
|
4876 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
4877 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
4878
|
|
|
4879 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
4880 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
4881 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
4882 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
4883
|
|
|
4884 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
4885 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
4886 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
4887 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
4888
|
|
|
4889 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
4890 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
4891 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
4892 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
4893 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
4894 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
4895 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
4896
|
|
|
4897 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
4898 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
4899 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
4900 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
4901 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
4904 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
4905
|
|
|
4906 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
4907 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
4908 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
4909
|
|
|
4910 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
4913 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
4914 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
4917 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
4918 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
4921
|
|
|
4922 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
4923 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
4926 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
4927 in the region.
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
4930 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
4931 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
4932 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
4933
|
|
|
4934 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
4935 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
4936
|
|
|
4937 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
4938 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
4939
|
|
|
4940 ;;;***
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 ;;;### (autoloads (tc-recenter tc-scroll-down tc-scroll-up tc-scroll-line tc-associated-buffer tc-merge tc-dissociate tc-split tc-associate-buffer tc-two-columns) "two-column" "modes/two-column.el")
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 (defvar tc-mode-map nil "\
|
|
|
4945 Keymap for commands for two-column mode.")
|
|
|
4946
|
|
|
4947 (if tc-mode-map nil (setq tc-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) (define-key tc-mode-map "1" 'tc-merge) (define-key tc-mode-map "2" 'tc-two-columns) (define-key tc-mode-map "b" 'tc-associate-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "d" 'tc-dissociate) (define-key tc-mode-map "\^L" 'tc-recenter) (define-key tc-mode-map "o" 'tc-associated-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "s" 'tc-split) (define-key tc-mode-map "{" 'shrink-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map "}" 'enlarge-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map " " 'tc-scroll-up) (define-key tc-mode-map "" 'tc-scroll-down) (define-key tc-mode-map "
" 'tc-scroll-line))
|
|
|
4948
|
|
|
4949 (global-set-key "6" tc-mode-map)
|
|
|
4950
|
|
|
4951 (defvar tc-other nil "\
|
|
|
4952 Marker to the associated buffer, if non-nil.")
|
|
|
4953
|
|
|
4954 (make-variable-buffer-local 'tc-other)
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 (put 'tc-other 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4957
|
|
|
4958 (autoload 'tc-two-columns "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4959 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
|
|
|
4960
|
|
|
4961 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
|
|
|
4962 buffer. Both buffers are put in two-column minor mode and
|
|
|
4963 tc-mode-hook gets called on both. These buffers remember
|
|
|
4964 about one another, even when renamed.
|
|
|
4965
|
|
|
4966 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
|
|
|
4967 first and the associated buffer to it's right.
|
|
|
4968
|
|
|
4969 If you include long lines, i.e which will span both columns (eg.
|
|
|
4970 source code), they should be in what will be the first column, with
|
|
|
4971 the associated buffer having empty lines next to them.
|
|
|
4972
|
|
|
4973 You have the following commands at your disposal:
|
|
|
4974
|
|
|
4975 \\[tc-two-columns] Rearrange screen
|
|
|
4976 \\[tc-associate-buffer] Reassociate buffer after changing major mode
|
|
|
4977 \\[tc-scroll-up] Scroll both buffers up by a screenfull
|
|
|
4978 \\[tc-scroll-down] Scroll both buffers down by a screenful
|
|
|
4979 \\[tc-scroll-line] Scroll both buffers up by one or more lines
|
|
|
4980 \\[tc-recenter] Recenter and realign other buffer
|
|
|
4981 \\[shrink-window-horizontally], \\[enlarge-window-horizontally] Shrink, enlarge current column
|
|
|
4982 \\[tc-associated-buffer] Switch to associated buffer
|
|
|
4983 \\[tc-merge] Merge both buffers
|
|
|
4984
|
|
|
4985 These keybindings can be customized in your ~/.emacs by `tc-prefix'
|
|
|
4986 and `tc-mode-map'.
|
|
|
4987
|
|
|
4988 The appearance of the screen can be customized by the variables
|
|
|
4989 `tc-window-width', `tc-beyond-fill-column',
|
|
|
4990 `tc-mode-line-format' and `truncate-partial-width-windows'." t nil)
|
|
|
4991
|
|
|
4992 (add-minor-mode 'tc-other " 2C" nil nil 'tc-two-columns)
|
|
|
4993
|
|
|
4994 (autoload 'tc-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4995 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4996 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
|
|
|
4997 accepting the proposed default buffer.
|
|
|
4998
|
|
|
4999 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
5000
|
|
|
5001 (autoload 'tc-split "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5002 Unmerge a two-column text into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
5003 The text is unmerged at the cursor's column which becomes the local
|
|
|
5004 value of `tc-window-width'. Only lines that have the ARG same
|
|
|
5005 preceding characters at that column get split. The ARG preceding
|
|
|
5006 characters without any leading whitespace become the local value for
|
|
|
5007 `tc-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
|
|
|
5008 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
|
|
|
5009
|
|
|
5010 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things as
|
|
|
5011 you like them. You write the first line of each column with the
|
|
|
5012 separator you like and then unmerge that line. E.g.:
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 First column's text sSs Second columns text
|
|
|
5015 \\___/\\
|
|
|
5016 / \\
|
|
|
5017 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[tc-split] with the point here
|
|
|
5018
|
|
|
5019 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
5020
|
|
|
5021 (autoload 'tc-dissociate "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5022 Turn off two-column minor mode in current and associated buffer.
|
|
|
5023 If the associated buffer is unmodified and empty, it is killed." t nil)
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 (autoload 'tc-merge "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5026 Merges the associated buffer with the current buffer.
|
|
|
5027 They get merged at the column, which is the value of
|
|
|
5028 `tc-window-width', i.e. usually at the vertical window
|
|
|
5029 separator. This separator gets replaced with white space. Beyond
|
|
|
5030 that the value of gets inserted on merged lines. The two columns are
|
|
|
5031 thus pasted side by side, in a single text. If the other buffer is
|
|
|
5032 not displayed to the left of this one, then this one becomes the left
|
|
|
5033 column.
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 If you want `tc-separator' on empty lines in the second column,
|
|
|
5036 you should put just one space in them. In the final result, you can strip
|
|
|
5037 off trailing spaces with \\[beginning-of-buffer] \\[replace-regexp] [ SPC TAB ] + $ RET RET" t nil)
|
|
|
5038
|
|
|
5039 (autoload 'tc-associated-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5040 Switch to associated buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
5041
|
|
|
5042 (autoload 'tc-scroll-line "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5043 Scroll current window upward by ARG lines.
|
|
|
5044 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 (autoload 'tc-scroll-up "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5047 Scroll current window upward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
5048 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
5049
|
|
|
5050 (autoload 'tc-scroll-down "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5051 Scroll current window downward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
5052 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 (autoload 'tc-recenter "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5055 Center point in window. With ARG, put point on line ARG.
|
|
|
5056 This counts from bottom if ARG is negative. The associated window
|
|
|
5057 gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
5058
|
|
|
5059 ;;;***
|
|
|
5060
|
|
98
|
5061 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "modes/verilog-mode.el")
|
|
|
5062
|
|
|
5063 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
|
|
|
5064 Major mode for editing Verilog code. \\<verilog-mode-map>
|
|
|
5065 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
|
|
|
5066 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5067 Supports highlighting.
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
5070
|
|
|
5071 verilog-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
5072 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
134
|
5073 verilog-indent-level-module (default 3)
|
|
|
5074 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
|
|
|
5075 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
|
|
|
5076 on the left side of your screen.
|
|
|
5077 verilog-indent-level-declaration (default 3)
|
|
|
5078 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
5079 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
|
|
|
5080 verilog-indent-level-behavorial (default 3)
|
|
|
5081 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
|
|
|
5082 Set to 0 to get such code to linedup underneath the task or function keyword
|
|
98
|
5083 verilog-cexp-indent (default 1)
|
|
|
5084 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines.
|
|
|
5085 verilog-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
5086 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
5087 verilog-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
134
|
5088 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctation
|
|
|
5089 mark after an end.
|
|
98
|
5090 verilog-auto-indent-on-newline (default t)
|
|
|
5091 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
|
|
|
5092 verilog-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
5093 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
5094 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
5095 verilog-indent-begin-after-if (default t)
|
|
108
|
5096 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
|
|
98
|
5097 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
|
|
108
|
5098 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
|
|
98
|
5099 if (a)
|
|
|
5100 begin
|
|
|
5101 otherwise you get:
|
|
|
5102 if (a)
|
|
|
5103 begin
|
|
|
5104 verilog-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
134
|
5105 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
|
|
|
5106 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
|
|
98
|
5107 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
|
|
134
|
5108 verilog-minimum-comment-distance (default 40)
|
|
|
5109 Minimum distance between begin and end required before a comment
|
|
|
5110 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
|
|
|
5111 end aquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundanet
|
|
|
5112 comments in tight quarters.
|
|
98
|
5113 verilog-auto-lineup (default `(all))
|
|
|
5114 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
|
5115
|
|
|
5116 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable verilog-mode-hook with
|
|
|
5117 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
5118 Other useful functions are:
|
|
134
|
5119 \\[verilog-complete-word] -complete word with appropriate possibilities
|
|
|
5120 (functions, verilog keywords...)
|
|
|
5121 \\[verilog-comment-region] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing
|
|
|
5122 nested comments.
|
|
|
5123 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
|
|
98
|
5124 \\[verilog-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
5125 \\[verilog-star-comment] - insert /* ... */
|
|
|
5126 \\[verilog-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
5127 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
5128 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
134
|
5129 \\[verilog-label-be] - Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join
|
|
|
5130 and case ... endcase statements;
|
|
98
|
5131 " t nil)
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 ;;;***
|
|
|
5134
|
|
78
|
5135 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
5138 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
151
|
5139 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.29 $
|
|
78
|
5140 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
5141 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
5142 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
108
|
5143 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
78
|
5144
|
|
|
5145 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
5146 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
5147 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
5150 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
5151
|
|
|
5152 Key bindings:
|
|
|
5153 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5154
|
|
|
5155 ;;;***
|
|
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
5158
|
|
116
|
5159 (defvar view-minor-mode-map (let ((map (make-keymap))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-minor-mode-map) (suppress-keymap map) (define-key map "-" 'negative-argument) (define-key map " " 'scroll-up) (define-key map "f" 'scroll-up) (define-key map "" 'scroll-down) (define-key map "b" 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'backspace 'scroll-down) (define-key map "
" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "\n" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "e" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "j" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "y" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "k" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "d" 'view-scroll-some-lines-up) (define-key map "u" 'view-scroll-some-lines-down) (define-key map "r" 'recenter) (define-key map "t" 'toggle-truncate-lines) (define-key map "N" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "E" 'view-file) (define-key map "P" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "!" 'shell-command) (define-key map "|" 'shell-command-on-region) (define-key map "=" 'what-line) (define-key map "?" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "h" 'view-mode-describe) (define-key map "s" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "n" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "/" 'view-search-forward) (define-key map "\\" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "g" 'view-goto-line) (define-key map "G" 'view-last-windowful) (define-key map "%" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "p" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "m" 'point-to-register) (define-key map "'" 'register-to-point) (define-key map "C" 'view-cleanup-backspaces) (define-key map "" 'view-quit) (define-key map "" 'view-quit-toggle-ro) (define-key map "q" 'view-quit) map))
|
|
|
5160
|
|
|
5161 (defvar view-mode-map (let ((map (copy-keymap view-minor-mode-map))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-mode-map) map))
|
|
|
5162
|
|
78
|
5163 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5164 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5165
|
|
|
5166 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5167 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5170 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5171
|
|
|
5172 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5173 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5176 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
5177 Commands are:
|
|
|
5178 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
5179 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
5180 - prefix minus
|
|
|
5181 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
5182 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
5183 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
5184 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
5185 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
5186 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
5187 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
5188 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
5189 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
5190 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
5191 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
5192 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
5193 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
5194 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
5195 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
5196 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
5197 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
5198 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
5199 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
5200 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
5201 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
5202
|
|
|
5203 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
5204 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
5205
|
|
|
5206 More precisely:
|
|
|
5207 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5208
|
|
|
5209 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5210 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
5211 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
5212 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
5213
|
|
|
5214 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5215 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
5216 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
5217 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
5218
|
|
|
5219 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5220 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
5221 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 ;;;***
|
|
|
5224
|
|
|
5225 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
5226
|
|
|
5227 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
5228 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
5229 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
5230 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
5231 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
5232 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5233
|
|
|
5234 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
5235 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
5236 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
5237
|
|
|
5238 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
5239 documentation for details):
|
|
|
5240 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
5241 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
5242 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
5243 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
5244 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
5245
|
|
|
5246 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
5247 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
5248 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
5249 already exist.
|
|
|
5250
|
|
|
5251 Commands:
|
|
|
5252 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 ;;;***
|
|
|
5255
|
|
|
5256 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
5259 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
5260
|
|
|
5261 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
5262 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
5263 value.
|
|
|
5264
|
|
|
5265 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
5266 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
5269 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
5270 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
5271 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5272 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5273 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5274
|
|
|
5275 ;;;***
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5278
|
|
|
5279 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5280 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5281
|
|
|
5282 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5283 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5284 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5285 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5286 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 ;;;***
|
|
|
5289
|
|
|
5290 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5291
|
|
|
5292 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5295 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5296 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
120
|
5297 if any, without prompting. Otherwise, if called interactively, give the user
|
|
|
5298 a choice whether to re-browse the last Environment or to browse a new one." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5299
|
|
|
5300 ;;;***
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5303
|
|
|
5304 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5305 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5306 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5307 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5308 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5309 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
100
|
5310 `br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
78
|
5311 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5314 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 ;;;***
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5319
|
|
|
5320 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5321 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5322 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5323 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5324 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5325 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 ;;;***
|
|
|
5328
|
|
|
5329 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5330
|
|
|
5331 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5332 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5333 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5334 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5335 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5336 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 ;;;***
|
|
|
5339
|
|
|
5340 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5341
|
|
|
5342 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5343 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5344 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5345 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5346 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5347 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5348
|
|
|
5349 ;;;***
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5352
|
|
|
5353 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5354 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5355 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5356 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5357 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5358 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 ;;;***
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5363
|
|
|
5364 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5365 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5366 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5367 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5368 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5369 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5370
|
|
|
5371 ;;;***
|
|
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5374
|
|
|
5375 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5376 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5377 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5378 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5379 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5380 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 ;;;***
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5385
|
|
|
5386 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5387 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5388 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5389 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5390 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5391 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5392
|
|
|
5393 ;;;***
|
|
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5396
|
|
|
5397 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5398 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5399 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5400 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5401 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5402 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 ;;;***
|
|
|
5405
|
|
|
5406 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5407
|
|
120
|
5408 (defcustom change-log-default-name nil "*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry]." :type '(choice (const :tag "default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 (defcustom add-log-current-defun-function nil "*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.\n\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'\ninstead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess." :type 'boolean :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5411
|
|
|
5412 (defcustom add-log-full-name nil "*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 (defcustom add-log-mailing-address nil "*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
78
|
5415
|
|
|
5416 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5417 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5418
|
|
|
5419 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5420 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5421
|
|
|
5422 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5423 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5424 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5425 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5426
|
|
|
5427 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5428 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5429 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5432 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5435 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5436 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5437 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5438 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5439 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
151
|
5440 never append to an existing entry. Today's date is calculated according to
|
|
|
5441 `change-log-time-zone-rule' if non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5442
|
|
|
5443 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5444 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5445 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5446 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5447
|
|
|
5448 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5449
|
|
|
5450 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5451 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5452 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5453 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5454 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5455 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5456
|
|
151
|
5457 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
|
|
|
5458 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5459
|
|
|
5460 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
|
|
|
5461 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode) "\
|
|
|
5464 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5465
|
|
78
|
5466 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5467 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5468
|
|
|
5469 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5470 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5471
|
|
|
5472 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5473 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5474 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5475 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5478
|
|
|
5479 ;;;***
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5484
|
|
|
5485 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5486 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5487 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5488 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5489
|
|
|
5490 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5491 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5492 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5493 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5494 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5497 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5498 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5499 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5500 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5501
|
|
|
5502 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5503 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5504 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5505 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5506 bindings.
|
|
|
5507 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5508
|
|
|
5509 ;;;***
|
|
|
5510
|
|
|
5511 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5512
|
|
|
5513 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5514 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5515 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5516
|
|
|
5517 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5518 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5519 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5520 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5521
|
|
|
5522 ;;;***
|
|
|
5523
|
|
|
5524 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5525
|
|
80
|
5526 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
|
|
|
5527 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
|
|
|
5528 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
|
|
|
5529 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
|
|
|
5530 instead.")
|
|
|
5531
|
|
78
|
5532 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5533 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5534 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5535 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5536
|
|
|
5537 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5538 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5539 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5540
|
|
|
5541 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5542 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5543 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5544 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5545 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5546 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5547 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5548 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5549 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5550
|
|
|
5551 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5554 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5555 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5556
|
|
|
5557 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 ;;;***
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5562
|
|
|
5563 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5564 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5565 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5566 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5567 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5568 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5569 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 ;;;***
|
|
|
5572
|
|
|
5573 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5574
|
|
|
5575 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5576
|
|
|
5577 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5578 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5579 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5580 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5581 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5582 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5585
|
|
|
5586 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5587
|
|
|
5588 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5589
|
|
|
5590 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5591
|
|
|
5592 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5593
|
|
|
5594 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5595
|
|
|
5596 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5599
|
|
|
5600 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5601
|
|
|
5602 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5603
|
|
|
5604 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5607
|
|
|
5608 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5611 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5612 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5613 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5614 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5615 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5616 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5617 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5618 recent one.
|
|
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5621 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5622 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5623
|
|
|
5624 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5625 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5626 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5627 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5628
|
|
|
5629 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5630 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5631 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5634 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5635 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5636 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5637 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5638 this.
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5641 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5642 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5643 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5644
|
|
|
5645 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5646 Relocate BOOKMARK -- prompts for a filename, and makes an already
|
|
|
5647 existing bookmark point to that file, instead of the one it used to
|
|
|
5648 point at. Useful when a file has been renamed after a bookmark was
|
|
|
5649 set in it." t nil)
|
|
|
5650
|
|
|
5651 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5652 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5653 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5654 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5655
|
|
|
5656 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5657 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. If called from
|
|
|
5658 keyboard, prompts for OLD and NEW. If called from menubar, OLD is
|
|
|
5659 selected from a menu, and prompts for NEW.
|
|
|
5660
|
|
|
5661 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
|
5662 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5663 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5664
|
|
|
5665 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5666 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5667 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5670 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5671 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5672 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5673 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5674 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5675
|
|
|
5676 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5677 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5678 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5679 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5680 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5681 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5682 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5683 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5684
|
|
|
5685 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5686 Write bookmarks to a file (for which the user will be prompted
|
|
|
5687 interactively). Don't use this in Lisp programs; use bookmark-save
|
|
|
5688 instead." t nil)
|
|
|
5689
|
|
|
5690 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5691 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5692 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5693 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5694 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5695
|
|
|
5696 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5697 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5698 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5699 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5700 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5703 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5704 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5705 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5708 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5709 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5710 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5711 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5712 while loading.
|
|
|
5713
|
|
|
5714 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5715 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5716 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5717 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5718 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5719 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5720
|
|
|
5721 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5722 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5723 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5724 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5725 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5726
|
|
|
5727 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5728
|
|
|
5729 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5732 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5733 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5734 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5735 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5736 this.
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5739 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5740 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5743 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5744 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5745 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5746 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5747 this.
|
|
|
5748
|
|
|
5749 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5750 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5751 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5754 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5755 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5758 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5759 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5760
|
|
|
5761 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5762 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5763 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5764 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5765 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5766 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5767 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5768 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5769
|
|
|
5770 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5771 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5772 name.
|
|
|
5773
|
|
|
5774 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5775 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5776 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5777
|
|
|
5778 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5779 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5780 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5781 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5782 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5783 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5786 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5787 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 ;;;***
|
|
|
5790
|
|
|
5791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5792
|
|
|
5793 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5794
|
|
|
5795 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 ;;;***
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5802 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5803 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5804 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5805 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5806 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5807
|
|
|
5808 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5809 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5810 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5811 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5812 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5813
|
|
|
5814 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5815
|
|
|
5816 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5817 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5818 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5819 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5820 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5821
|
|
|
5822 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5823 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5824 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5825 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5826 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5827
|
|
|
5828 ;;;***
|
|
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 ;;;***
|
|
|
5835
|
|
|
5836 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5839 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5840 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5841 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5842
|
|
|
5843 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5844 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5845 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5846 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5847 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5848
|
|
|
5849 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5850 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5851 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5852
|
|
|
5853 ;;;***
|
|
|
5854
|
|
|
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5856
|
|
120
|
5857 (defcustom compilation-mode-hook nil "*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks')." :type 'hook :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5858
|
|
|
5859 (defcustom compilation-window-height nil "*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5860
|
|
|
5861 (defcustom compilation-buffer-name-function nil "Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.\nThe function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the\ncompilation buffer. It should return a string.\nnil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5862
|
|
|
5863 (defcustom compilation-finish-function nil "*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.\nIt is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string\ndescribing how the process finished." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 (defcustom compilation-search-path '(nil) "*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.\nElements should be directory names, not file names of directories.\nnil as an element means to try the default directory." :type '(repeat (choice (const :tag "Default" nil) directory)) :group 'compilation)
|
|
78
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
5868 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
5869 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
5870 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
5871
|
|
|
5872 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
5873 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
5874
|
|
|
5875 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
5876 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
5877
|
|
|
5878 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
5879 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
5880 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
5881
|
|
|
5882 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
5883 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
5884 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
5885
|
|
|
5886 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
5887 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
5888 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
5889 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
5890
|
|
|
5891 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
5892 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
5893
|
|
|
5894 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
5895 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
5896 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
5897 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
5898 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5899
|
|
|
5900 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5901 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5902 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
5903 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
5904 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
5905
|
|
|
5906 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
5907 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
5908 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
5909 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
5912 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
5913 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
5916 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
5917
|
|
|
5918 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
5919 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
5920
|
|
|
5921 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
5922
|
|
|
5923 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5924 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5925 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5926
|
|
|
5927 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5928 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
5929 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5930 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 ;;;***
|
|
|
5933
|
|
|
5934 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
5935
|
|
|
5936 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
5939
|
|
|
5940 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5941 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
5942 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
5943 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
5944
|
|
|
5945 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
5946 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
5947 completions.
|
|
|
5948
|
|
|
5949 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
5950 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
5951
|
|
|
5952 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
5953 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
5954
|
|
|
5955 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5956 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
5957
|
|
|
5958 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
5959 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
5960 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
5961 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
5962 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
5963
|
|
|
5964 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
5965 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
5968 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
5969 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
5970
|
|
|
5971 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
5972 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
5973
|
|
|
5974 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
5975
|
|
|
5976 ;;;***
|
|
|
5977
|
|
104
|
5978 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
5979
|
|
120
|
5980 (defcustom diff-switches "-c" "*A list of switches (strings) to pass to the diff program." :type '(choice string (repeat string)) :group 'diff)
|
|
104
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
5983 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
5984 Interactively you are prompted with the current buffer's file name for NEW
|
|
|
5985 and what appears to be its backup for OLD." t nil)
|
|
|
5986
|
|
|
5987 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
5988 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
5989 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
5990 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
5991 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
5992
|
|
|
5993 ;;;***
|
|
|
5994
|
|
78
|
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
5996
|
|
|
5997 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
5998 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5999 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
6000
|
|
|
6001 Editing commands:
|
|
|
6002
|
|
|
6003 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
6004
|
|
|
6005 ;;;***
|
|
|
6006
|
|
|
6007 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
6010 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
6011 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6012
|
|
|
6013 ;;;***
|
|
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
6016
|
|
|
6017 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6018 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
6019
|
|
|
6020 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
6021
|
|
|
6022 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6023 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6024
|
|
|
6025 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6026 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6027
|
|
|
6028 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6029 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6030
|
|
|
6031 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6032
|
|
|
6033 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6034
|
|
|
6035 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6036
|
|
|
6037 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6040 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
6041
|
|
|
6042 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6043 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6044
|
|
|
6045 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 ;;;***
|
|
|
6048
|
|
|
6049 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
6050
|
|
142
|
6051 (defcustom tags-build-completion-table 'ask "*If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.\nIf this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with \n completion across all known tags.\nIf this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each\n tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.\n (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,\n since they can be parsed quickly.)" :type '(radio (const :tag "Disabled" nil) (const :tag "Complete All" t) (const :tag "Ask" ask)) :group 'etags)
|
|
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 (defcustom tags-always-exact nil "*If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches." :type 'boolean :group 'etags)
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 (defcustom tag-table-alist nil "*A list which determines which tags files should be active for a \ngiven buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all \nelements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a \npattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it \nmatches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags\ntable to use. If more than one element of this list matches the\nbuffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be\nused. Earlier ones will be searched first.\n\nIf the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated\nas regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the\nauto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.\nIf they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to\nmatch.\n\nIf the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are\nassumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string\n\"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not \nstrings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.\n\nFor example:\n (setq tag-table-alist\n '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")\n (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")\n (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n ))\n\nThis means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use\nthe TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should\nuse the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the\ndirectory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.\nA file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files\n/usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)\nbecause it matches both patterns.\n\nIf the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags\ntable that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this\nbuffer.\n\nIf there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in \nquestion, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the\n`buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)\n\nIf the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply\nto all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.\n" :type '(repeat (cons regexp sexp)) :group 'etags)
|
|
78
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
6058 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
6059 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
6060 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6061
|
|
|
6062 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
6063 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6064 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
6065 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6066 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6067 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6068 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
6069 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6070 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
6071 the tag.
|
|
|
6072
|
|
|
6073 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6074 and completion.
|
|
|
6075
|
|
|
6076 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6077
|
|
|
6078 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6079 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6080 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6081 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6082 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6083 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6084
|
|
|
6085 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
6086 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6087 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
6088 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6089 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6090 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6091 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
6092 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
6093 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6096 and completion.
|
|
|
6097
|
|
|
6098 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6099
|
|
|
6100 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6101 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6102 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6103 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6104 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6105 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6106
|
|
|
6107 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
6108 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
6111 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
6112 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
6113
|
|
|
6114 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
6115 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
6118 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
6119
|
|
|
6120 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
6121 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
6122 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
6123 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
6124 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
6125 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
6126 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
6127 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
6128 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
6129
|
|
|
6130 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
6131 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
6132 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
6133 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6134
|
|
|
6135 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
6138 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
6139 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
6140 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
6141 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6142
|
|
|
6143 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
6146 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
6147 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
6148 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
6149
|
|
|
6150 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
6151 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
6152
|
|
|
6153 ;;;***
|
|
|
6154
|
|
|
6155 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
6156
|
|
|
6157 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6158 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
6159 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6160 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
6161
|
|
|
6162 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
6163
|
|
|
6164 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
6165 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
6166 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
6167
|
|
|
6168 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
100
|
6169 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
6170 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
6171 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
78
|
6172 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
6173 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
6174
|
|
|
6175 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
6178 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
6179 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
98
|
6180 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6181
|
|
|
6182 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6183 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6184
|
|
100
|
6185 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6186
|
|
|
6187 ;;;***
|
|
|
6188
|
|
|
6189 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 ;;;***
|
|
|
6194
|
|
|
6195 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6196
|
|
|
6197 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6198 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6199 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6200 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6201 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6202 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6203 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6204
|
|
|
6205 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6206 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6207 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6208 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6209
|
|
|
6210 ;;;***
|
|
|
6211
|
|
|
6212 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
|
6213
|
|
|
6214 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6215 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6216 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6217 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6218 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6219 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6220
|
|
|
6221 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6222 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6223
|
|
|
6224 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6225 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6226
|
|
|
6227 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6228 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6229 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6230 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6231 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6232 should be one of
|
|
|
6233
|
|
|
6234 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6235 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6236 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6237 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6238 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6239 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6240
|
|
|
6241 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6242 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6243 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6244
|
|
|
6245 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6246 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6247 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6248
|
|
|
6249 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6250 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6251
|
|
|
6252 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6253 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6254 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6255 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6256
|
|
|
6257 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6258 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6259 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6260 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6261 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6262 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6263
|
|
|
6264 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6265 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6266 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6267
|
|
|
6268 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6269 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6270 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6271
|
|
|
6272 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6273 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6274 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6275 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6276 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6277 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6278 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6279 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6280 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6281 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6282
|
|
|
6283 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6286 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6287 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6288 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6289 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6290 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6291 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6292 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6293 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6294
|
|
|
6295 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6296 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6297 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6298
|
|
|
6299 MATCHER
|
|
|
6300 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6301 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6302 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6303 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
108
|
6304 (eval . FORM)
|
|
78
|
6305
|
|
|
6306 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6307
|
|
108
|
6308 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element,
|
|
|
6309 evaluated when the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature
|
|
|
6310 can be used to provide a keyword that can only be generated when Font
|
|
|
6311 Lock mode is actually turned on.
|
|
|
6312
|
|
78
|
6313 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
108
|
6314 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be highlighted following the
|
|
78
|
6315 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6316
|
|
|
6317 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6320
|
|
102
|
6321 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, a variable
|
|
|
6322 containing the regexp to search for, or the function to call to make
|
|
|
6323 the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search). MATCH
|
|
|
6324 is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6325 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name
|
|
|
6326 to use. If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face,
|
|
|
6327 use a form like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
78
|
6328
|
|
|
6329 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6330 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6331 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6332 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6333 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6336
|
|
|
6337 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6338 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6339 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6340 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6341 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6342 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6343 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6344 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6345
|
|
|
6346 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6347
|
|
|
6348 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6349
|
|
|
6350 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6351 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6352 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6353 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6354 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6355 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6356 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6357 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6358
|
|
|
6359 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6360
|
|
|
6361 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6362
|
|
|
6363 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6364 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6365 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6366 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6367 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6368 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6371 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6372
|
|
|
6373 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6374 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6375 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6376
|
|
|
6377 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6378 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6379
|
|
|
6380 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6381
|
|
|
6382 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6383
|
|
|
6384 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6385 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6386
|
|
|
6387 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6388 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6389 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6392
|
|
|
6393 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6394 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6395 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6396 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6397 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6398 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6399 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6400 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6401 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6402 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6403 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6404 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6405 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6406 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6407 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6408
|
|
|
6409 and
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6412 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6413
|
|
|
6414 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6415 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6416 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6417 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6418 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6419 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6420
|
|
|
6421 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6422
|
|
|
6423 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6424 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6425
|
|
|
6426 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6427 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6428
|
|
|
6429 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6430 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6431 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6432
|
|
|
6433 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6434
|
|
|
6435 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6436
|
|
|
6437 ;;;***
|
|
|
6438
|
|
|
6439 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
|
|
|
6440
|
|
|
6441 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
|
|
|
6442 Toggle sc-mode.
|
|
|
6443 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
|
|
|
6444 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
|
|
|
6445
|
|
|
6446 The following commands are available
|
|
|
6447 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
|
|
|
6448 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
|
|
|
6449 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
|
|
|
6450 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
|
|
|
6451 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
|
|
|
6452 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
|
|
|
6453 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
|
|
|
6454 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
|
|
|
6455 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
|
|
|
6456 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
|
|
|
6457 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
|
|
|
6458
|
|
|
6459
|
|
|
6460 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
|
|
|
6461 will be in effect.
|
|
|
6462
|
|
|
6463 Global user options:
|
|
|
6464 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
|
|
|
6465 to be used for generating context diffs.
|
|
|
6466 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
|
|
|
6467 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
|
|
|
6468 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
|
|
|
6469 of a log message plus one.
|
|
|
6470
|
|
|
6471
|
|
|
6472 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
|
|
|
6473
|
|
|
6474 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
|
|
|
6475
|
|
|
6476 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
|
|
|
6477 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
|
|
|
6478 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
|
|
|
6479 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
|
|
|
6480
|
|
|
6481 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
|
|
|
6482 headers with C-c h
|
|
|
6483 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
|
|
|
6484 get stuffed in a static string area so that
|
|
|
6485 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
|
|
|
6486
|
|
|
6487 When using CVS you have additional commands
|
|
|
6488
|
|
|
6489 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
|
|
|
6490 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
|
|
|
6491 " t nil)
|
|
|
6492
|
|
|
6493 ;;;***
|
|
|
6494
|
|
151
|
6495 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start gnuserv-running-p) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
149
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 (defcustom gnuserv-frame nil "*The frame to be used to display all edited files.\nIf nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.\nIf t, then the currently selected frame will be used.\nIf a function, then this will be called with a symbol `x' or `tty' as the\nonly argument, and its return value will be interpreted as above." :tag "Gnuserv Frame" :type '(radio (const :tag "Create new frame each time" nil) (const :tag "Use selected frame" t) (function-item :tag "Use main Emacs frame" gnuserv-main-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Use visible frame, otherwise create new" gnuserv-visible-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Create special Gnuserv frame and use it" gnuserv-special-frame-function) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'gnuserv)
|
|
78
|
6498
|
|
151
|
6499 (autoload 'gnuserv-running-p "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6500 Return non-nil if a gnuserv process is running from this XEmacs session." nil nil)
|
|
|
6501
|
|
78
|
6502 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6503 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
149
|
6504 This starts a gnuserv communications subprocess through which
|
|
78
|
6505 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
149
|
6506 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
78
|
6507
|
|
|
6508 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6509
|
|
|
6510 ;;;***
|
|
|
6511
|
|
|
6512 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6513
|
|
|
6514 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6515 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6516
|
|
|
6517 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6518 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6519 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6520
|
|
|
6521 ;;;***
|
|
|
6522
|
|
|
6523 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6524
|
|
|
6525 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6526 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6527 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6528
|
|
|
6529 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6530 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6531
|
|
|
6532 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6533 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6534 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6535 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6536
|
|
|
6537 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6538 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6539 periods.
|
|
|
6540
|
|
|
6541 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6542 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6543
|
|
|
6544 A sample format:
|
|
|
6545
|
|
|
6546 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6547 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6548 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6549 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6550 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6551 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6552 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6553 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6554 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6555 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6556 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6557 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6558 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6559 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6560 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6563 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6564 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6565
|
|
|
6566 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6567 also supported.
|
|
|
6568
|
|
|
6569 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6570
|
|
|
6571 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6572 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6573 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6574
|
|
|
6575 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6576 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6577 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6578
|
|
|
6579 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6580 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6581
|
|
|
6582 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6583 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6584
|
|
|
6585 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6586 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6587
|
|
|
6588 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6591 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6592
|
|
|
6593 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6594
|
|
|
6595 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6596
|
|
|
6597 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6598 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6599 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6600
|
|
|
6601 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6602 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6603 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6604
|
|
|
6605 ;;;***
|
|
|
6606
|
|
108
|
6607 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-set-variable hypropos-get-doc hypropos-read-variable-symbol hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-describe-face hyper-describe-key-briefly hyper-describe-key hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
78
|
6608
|
|
134
|
6609 (defcustom hypropos-show-brief-docs t "*If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the\n\"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches." :type 'boolean :group 'hyper-apropos)
|
|
78
|
6610
|
|
|
6611 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6612 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6613 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6614 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6615 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6616
|
|
108
|
6617 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key-briefly "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6620
|
|
|
6621 (autoload 'hyper-describe-face "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6622 Describe face..
|
|
|
6623 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6624
|
|
78
|
6625 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6626 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6627 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6628
|
|
|
6629 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6630 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6631 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6632 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6633
|
|
108
|
6634 (autoload 'hypropos-read-variable-symbol "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6635 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6636 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6637
|
|
|
6638 (autoload 'hypropos-get-doc "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6639 Toggle display of documentation for the symbol on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6640
|
|
|
6641 (autoload 'hyper-set-variable "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6642
|
|
78
|
6643 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6644 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6645
|
|
|
6646 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 ;;;***
|
|
|
6649
|
|
|
6650 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6651
|
|
|
6652 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6653 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session,
|
|
|
6654 or deactivate with negative prefix arg." t nil)
|
|
|
6655
|
|
|
6656 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6657 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6658 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6659
|
|
|
6660 ;;;***
|
|
|
6661
|
|
100
|
6662 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-igrep-find dired-do-igrep igrep-find-define igrep-find igrep-define igrep) "igrep" "packages/igrep.el")
|
|
|
6663
|
|
|
6664 (autoload 'igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6665 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION in FILES.
|
|
|
6666 The output is displayed in the *igrep* buffer, which \\[next-error] and
|
|
|
6667 \\[compile-goto-error] parse to find each line of matched text.
|
|
|
6668
|
|
|
6669 PROGRAM may be nil, in which case it defaults to `igrep-program'.
|
|
|
6670
|
|
|
6671 EXPRESSION is automatically delimited by `igrep-expression-quote-char'.
|
|
|
6672
|
|
|
6673 FILES is either a file name pattern (expanded by the shell named by
|
|
|
6674 `shell-file-name') or a list of file name patterns.
|
|
|
6675
|
|
|
6676 Optional OPTIONS is also passed to PROGRAM; it defaults to `igrep-options'.
|
|
|
6677
|
|
|
6678 If a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) is given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6679 or if `igrep-read-options' is set, OPTIONS is read from the minibuffer.
|
|
|
6680
|
|
|
6681 If two prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6682 or if `igrep-read-multiple-files' is set, FILES is read from the minibuffer
|
|
|
6683 multiple times.
|
|
|
6684
|
|
|
6685 If three prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6686 or if `igrep-read-options' and `igrep-read-multiple-files' are set,
|
|
|
6687 OPTIONS is read and FILES is read multiple times.
|
|
|
6688
|
|
|
6689 If `igrep-find' is non-nil, the directory or directories
|
|
|
6690 containing FILES is recursively searched for files whose name matches
|
|
|
6691 the file name component of FILES (and whose contents match
|
|
|
6692 EXPRESSION)." t nil)
|
|
|
6693
|
|
|
6694 (autoload 'igrep-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6695 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND as an `igrep' analogue command.
|
|
|
6696 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6697
|
|
|
6698 (autoload 'igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6699 *Run `grep` via `find`; see \\[igrep] and `igrep-find'.
|
|
|
6700 All arguments (including prefix arguments, when called interactively)
|
|
|
6701 are handled by `igrep'." t nil)
|
|
|
6702
|
|
|
6703 (autoload 'igrep-find-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6704 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND-find as an `igrep' analogue `find` command.
|
|
|
6705 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6706
|
|
|
6707 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6708 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6709 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) files." t nil)
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 (defalias 'dired-do-grep 'dired-do-igrep)
|
|
|
6712
|
|
|
6713 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6714 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6715 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) directories." t nil)
|
|
|
6716
|
|
|
6717 (defalias 'dired-do-grep-find 'dired-do-igrep-find)
|
|
|
6718
|
|
|
6719 ;;;***
|
|
|
6720
|
|
78
|
6721 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6722
|
|
|
6723 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6724 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6725 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6726 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6727
|
|
|
6728 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6729 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6730
|
|
|
6731 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6732 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6733
|
|
|
6734 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6735 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6736 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6737 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6738 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6739 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6740 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6741 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6742 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6743 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6744
|
|
|
6745 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6746 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6747
|
|
|
6748 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6749 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6750
|
|
|
6751 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6752 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6753 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6754
|
|
|
6755 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6756 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6757 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6758
|
|
|
6759 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6760 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6761 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6762
|
|
|
6763 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6764 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6765 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6768 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6769 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 ;;;***
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6774
|
|
|
6775 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6776 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6777
|
|
|
6778 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6779 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6780 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6781
|
|
|
6782 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6783 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6784 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6787 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6788 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6789 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6790
|
|
|
6791 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6792 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6793 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6794
|
|
|
6795 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6796 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6797 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6798 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6799 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6800
|
|
|
6801 ;;;***
|
|
|
6802
|
|
|
6803 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6804
|
|
120
|
6805 (defcustom ispell-personal-dictionary nil "*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.\nIf nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,\nwhere DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary." :type 'file :group 'ispell)
|
|
78
|
6806
|
|
80
|
6807 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6808
|
|
126
|
6809 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("norsk" "[A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[^A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "norsk") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("italiano" "[A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[^A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[']" t ("-d" "italiano") "~list") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
78
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6812 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
6813
|
|
|
6814 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
6815
|
|
|
6816 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
6817 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
6818
|
|
|
6819 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
6820 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
6821
|
|
|
6822 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
6823 word.
|
|
|
6824
|
|
|
6825 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
6826
|
|
|
6827 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
6828 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
6829 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
6830 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
6833
|
|
|
6834 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
6835 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
6836
|
|
|
6837 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
6838 subprocess.
|
|
|
6839
|
|
|
6840 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
6841 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
6842 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
6843 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
6844 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
6845 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
6846 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
6847 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
6848
|
|
|
6849 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
6850 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
6851 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
6852
|
|
|
6853 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
6854 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
6855
|
|
|
6856 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
6857 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
6858
|
|
|
6859 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
6860
|
|
|
6861 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
6862
|
|
|
6863 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
6864
|
|
|
6865 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
6866
|
|
|
6867 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
6868
|
|
|
6869 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
6870 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
6871 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
6872
|
|
|
6873 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
6874 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
6875 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
6876 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
6877 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
6878
|
|
|
6879 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
6880
|
|
|
6881 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6882 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
6883 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
6884 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
6885
|
|
|
6886 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
6887 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
6888
|
|
|
6889 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
6890 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
6891 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
6892 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
6893 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
6894
|
|
|
6895 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
6896
|
|
|
6897 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
6898 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6901 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
6902
|
|
|
6903 Selections are:
|
|
|
6904
|
|
|
6905 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
6906 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
6907 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
6908 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
6909 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
6910 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6911 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6912 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
6913 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
6914 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
6915 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
6916 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
6917 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
6918 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
6919 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
6920 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
6921 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
6922 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
6923
|
|
|
6924 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6925 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
6926 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
6927
|
|
|
6928 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6929 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
6930 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
6933
|
|
|
6934 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6937 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
6938
|
|
|
6939 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6940 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
6941
|
|
|
6942 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6943
|
|
|
6944 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6945 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
6946 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
6947 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
6948
|
|
|
6949 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
6950
|
|
|
6951 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6952 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
6953
|
|
|
6954 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6955 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
6956 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
6957
|
|
|
6958 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
6959 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
6960
|
|
|
6961 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6962 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
6963 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
6964 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
6965
|
|
|
6966 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
6967 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
6968 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
6969
|
|
|
6970 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
6971 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
6972 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6973 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6974 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6975
|
|
|
6976 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
6977 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
6978 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
6979
|
|
|
6980 ;;;***
|
|
|
6981
|
|
|
6982 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
6983
|
|
|
6984 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6985 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
6986
|
|
|
6987 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6988 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
6989 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
6990 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
6991 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
6992 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
6993
|
|
|
6994 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6995 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
6996 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
6997 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6998
|
|
|
6999 ;;;***
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
7002
|
|
|
7003 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
7004 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
7005 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
7006 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
7007
|
|
|
7008 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
7009
|
|
|
7010 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
7011 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
7012
|
|
|
7013 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
7014 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
7015
|
|
|
7016 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
7017 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
7018
|
|
|
7019 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
7020 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
7021 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
7022 fontification.
|
|
|
7023
|
|
|
7024 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
7025
|
|
|
7026 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
7027 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
7028
|
|
100
|
7029 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
7030
|
|
|
7031 ;;;***
|
|
|
7032
|
|
|
7033 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
7034
|
|
|
7035 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
7036 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
7037
|
|
|
7038 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
7039 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
7040
|
|
|
7041 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
7042 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
7043
|
|
|
7044 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
7045 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
7046 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
7047 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
7048 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
7049 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
7050 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
7051 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
7052 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
7053 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
7054 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
7055 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
7056
|
|
|
7057 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7058
|
|
|
7059 ;;;***
|
|
|
7060
|
|
|
7061 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
7062
|
|
134
|
7063 (defcustom lpr-switches nil "*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.\nSee `lpr-command'." :type '(repeat (string :tag "Argument")) :group 'lpr)
|
|
|
7064
|
|
|
7065 (defcustom lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "*Name of program for printing a file." :type 'string :group 'lpr)
|
|
78
|
7066
|
|
|
7067 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7068 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7069 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7070
|
|
|
7071 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7072 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7073 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7074
|
|
|
7075 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7076 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7077 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7078
|
|
|
7079 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7080 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7081 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7082
|
|
|
7083 ;;;***
|
|
|
7084
|
|
|
7085 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
7086
|
|
|
7087 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
7088 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
7089 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 ;;;***
|
|
|
7092
|
|
|
7093 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
7094
|
|
|
7095 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
100
|
7096 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7097
|
|
|
7098 ;;;***
|
|
|
7099
|
|
|
7100 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
7101
|
|
|
7102 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7103 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7104 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7107 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7108 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7109 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7110 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7111 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
7112 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7113
|
|
|
7114 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7115 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
7116 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7117 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7118 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7119 means current).
|
|
|
7120 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7121 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7122
|
|
|
7123 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7124 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
7125 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7126 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7127 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7128 means current).
|
|
|
7129 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7130 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7131
|
|
|
7132 ;;;***
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
7135
|
|
126
|
7136 (defcustom paren-mode nil "*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.\nValid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.\n nil no parenthesis highlighting.\n blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.\n paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.\n sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.\n nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the\n nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions\n and shell quoting.\n\nThis variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and\nhighlight parentheses differently in different major modes." :type '(radio (const nil) (const blink-paren) (const paren) (const sexp) (const nested)) :group 'paren-matching)
|
|
78
|
7137
|
|
|
7138 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
7139 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
108
|
7140 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be passed directly.
|
|
78
|
7141 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
7142
|
|
|
7143 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
7144
|
|
|
7145 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
7146 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 ;;;***
|
|
|
7149
|
|
|
7150 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
7151
|
|
|
7152 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7153 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
7154 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7155 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7156
|
|
|
7157 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7158 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
7159 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7160 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7161
|
|
|
7162 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7163 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
7164 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
7165 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
7166 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
7167
|
|
|
7168 ;;;***
|
|
|
7169
|
|
82
|
7170 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
7171
|
|
124
|
7172 (defcustom ps-paper-type 'letter "*Specifies the size of paper to format for.\nShould be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for\nexample `letter', `legal' or `a4'." :type '(symbol :validate (lambda (wid) (if (assq (widget-value wid) ps-page-dimensions-database) nil (widget-put wid :error "Unknown paper size") wid))) :group 'ps-print)
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 (defcustom ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color." :type 'boolean :group 'ps-print-color)
|
|
78
|
7175
|
|
|
7176 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7177 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7178
|
|
|
7179 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
7180 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7181 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7182
|
|
|
7183 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7184 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7185 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7186 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7187
|
|
|
7188 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7189 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7190 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7191 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7192 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7195 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7196 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
7197
|
|
|
7198 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7199 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7200 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7201 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7202 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7203
|
|
|
7204 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7205 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7206 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
7207 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
7208
|
|
|
7209 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7210
|
|
|
7211 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7212 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7213 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7214 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7215 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7216
|
|
|
7217 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7218
|
|
|
7219 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7220 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7221 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
7222
|
|
|
7223 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7224
|
|
|
7225 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7226 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7227 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7228 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7229 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7230
|
|
|
7231 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7232
|
|
|
7233 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7234 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
7235
|
|
|
7236 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7237 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7238 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7239
|
|
|
7240 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7241 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7242 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7243 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7244
|
|
82
|
7245 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7246 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
|
|
82
|
7247 using the current ps-print setup.
|
|
|
7248 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
|
|
|
7249 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
|
|
|
7250
|
|
|
7251 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7252 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7253 of pages the current buffer would require to print
|
|
|
7254 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7255
|
|
|
7256 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7257 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7258 of pages the current region would require to print
|
|
|
7259 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7260
|
|
|
7261 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7262 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
|
|
|
7263
|
|
78
|
7264 ;;;***
|
|
|
7265
|
|
|
7266 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7267
|
|
|
7268 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7269 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7270 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7271
|
|
|
7272 ;;;***
|
|
|
7273
|
|
|
7274 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7275
|
|
|
7276 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7277 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7278
|
|
|
7279 ;;;***
|
|
|
7280
|
|
|
7281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "packages/server.el")
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 (make-obsolete 'server-start 'gnuserv-start)
|
|
|
7284
|
|
|
7285 ;;;***
|
|
|
7286
|
|
|
7287 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7288
|
|
|
7289 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7290 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7291 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7292 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7293 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7294
|
|
|
7295 ;;;***
|
|
|
7296
|
|
|
7297 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7298
|
|
|
7299 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7300
|
|
|
7301 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7302 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7303 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7304 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7305 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7306 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7307
|
|
|
7308 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7309 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7310 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7311 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7314 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7315 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7316 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7317 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7318
|
|
|
7319 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7320 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7321
|
|
|
7322 ;;;***
|
|
|
7323
|
|
|
7324 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7325
|
|
|
7326 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7327 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7328 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7329 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7330 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7331 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7332
|
|
|
7333 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7334 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7335 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7336 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7337
|
|
|
7338 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7339 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7340
|
|
|
7341 ;;;***
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7344
|
|
|
7345 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7346 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7347 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7348 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7349 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7350 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7351
|
|
|
7352 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7353 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7354 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7355 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7356
|
|
|
7357 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7358 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7359 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7360 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7361 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7362
|
|
|
7363 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7364
|
|
|
7365 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7366 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7367 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7368 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7369
|
|
|
7370 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7371 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7372 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7373
|
|
|
7374 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7375 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7376
|
|
|
7377 ;;;***
|
|
|
7378
|
|
|
7379 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7380
|
|
|
7381 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7382 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7383 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7384 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7385
|
|
|
7386 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7387 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7388 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7389
|
|
|
7390 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7391 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7392 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7393 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7394 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7395
|
|
|
7396 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7397 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7398 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7399 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7400 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7401 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7402
|
|
|
7403 ;;;***
|
|
|
7404
|
|
|
7405 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7406
|
|
|
7407 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7408 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7409 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7410 marked region.
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7413 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7414
|
|
|
7415 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7416 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7417 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7420 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7421 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7422
|
|
|
7423 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7424
|
|
|
7425 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7426 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7427
|
|
|
7428 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7429 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7430
|
|
|
7431 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7432 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7433
|
|
|
7434 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7435 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7436 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7437 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7438
|
|
|
7439 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7440 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7441 marked region.
|
|
|
7442
|
|
|
7443 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7444 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7445 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7446 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7447
|
|
|
7448 ;;;***
|
|
|
7449
|
|
|
7450 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7451
|
|
|
7452 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7453 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7454 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7455 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7456 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7457 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7458 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7459 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7460 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7461 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7462 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7463 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7464 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7465 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7466
|
|
|
7467 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7468 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7469 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7470
|
|
|
7471 ;;;***
|
|
|
7472
|
|
|
7473 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7474
|
|
110
|
7475 (defcustom display-time-day-and-date nil "*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day,date and time.\nThis affects the spec 'date in the variable display-time-form-list." :group 'display-time :type 'boolean)
|
|
78
|
7476
|
|
|
7477 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7478 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7479 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7480 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7481 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7482 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7483 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7484 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7485
|
|
|
7486 ;;;***
|
|
|
7487
|
|
|
7488 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7489
|
|
|
7490 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7491 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7492 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7493 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7494 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7495
|
|
|
7496 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7497 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7498 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7499 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7500
|
|
|
7501 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7502 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7503 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7504 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7505
|
|
|
7506 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7507 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7508 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7509 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7512 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7513 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7514
|
|
|
7515 ;;;***
|
|
|
7516
|
|
|
7517 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7518
|
|
134
|
7519 (defcustom copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "*If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.\nIf it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright\nholder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7520
|
|
|
7521 (defcustom copyright-whoami nil "*A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7522
|
|
|
7523 (defcustom copyright-notice-file nil "*If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file." :type '(choice (const nil) file) :group 'copyright)
|
|
78
|
7524
|
|
|
7525 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7526 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7527 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7528 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7529 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7530 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7531 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7532
|
|
|
7533 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7534 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7535 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7536 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7539 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7540 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7541 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7542
|
|
|
7543 ;;;***
|
|
|
7544
|
|
151
|
7545 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-checkout vc-register vc-next-action vc-find-binary) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
78
|
7546
|
|
108
|
7547 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
151
|
7548 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
|
|
|
7549 See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7550
|
|
|
7551 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7552 *Normal hook (List of functions) run after a checkin is done.
|
|
|
7553 See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7554
|
|
|
7555 (autoload 'vc-find-binary "vc" "\
|
|
|
7556 Look for a command anywhere on the subprocess-command search path." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
7557
|
|
|
7558 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7559 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
151
|
7560 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7561 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7562 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7563 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7564 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7565 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7566 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7567 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
|
|
78
|
7568
|
|
|
7569 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7570 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7571 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7572 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7573 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7574 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7575 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7576 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7577 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7578 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7579 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7580 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7581 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7582 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7583 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7584
|
|
|
7585 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7586 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7587 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7588 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7589 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7590 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7591 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7592 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7593 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
151
|
7594 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7595
|
|
|
7596 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7597 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7598
|
|
151
|
7599 (autoload 'vc-checkout "vc" "\
|
|
|
7600 Retrieve a copy of the latest version of the given file." nil nil)
|
|
|
7601
|
|
78
|
7602 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7603 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7604 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7605 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7606 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7607 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7610 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7611 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7612 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7613
|
|
|
7614 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7615 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7616 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7617 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7618
|
|
|
7619 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
151
|
7620 Show version-control status of the current directory and subdirectories.
|
|
|
7621 Normally it creates a Dired buffer that lists only the locked files
|
|
|
7622 in all these directories. With a prefix argument, it lists all files." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7623
|
|
|
7624 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7625 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7626 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7627 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7628 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7629
|
|
|
7630 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7631 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7632 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7633 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7634 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7635
|
|
|
7636 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7637 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7638
|
|
|
7639 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7640 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7641 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7642 to that version.
|
|
|
7643 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7644 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7645
|
|
|
7646 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7647 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7648 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7649
|
|
|
7650 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7651 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
151
|
7654 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
|
|
|
7655 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
|
|
|
7656 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
|
|
78
|
7657 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
151
|
7658
|
|
78
|
7659 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
151
|
7660
|
|
|
7661 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
|
|
|
7662 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
|
|
|
7663 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
|
|
|
7664
|
|
|
7665 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
|
|
|
7666 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
|
|
|
7667 default directory." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7668
|
|
|
7669 ;;;***
|
|
|
7670
|
|
98
|
7671 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "packages/webjump.el")
|
|
|
7672
|
|
|
7673 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
|
|
|
7674 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
|
|
|
7677 hotlist.
|
|
|
7678
|
|
|
7679 Feedback on WebJump can be sent to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke <nwv@acm.org>,
|
|
|
7680 or submitted via `\\[webjump-submit-bug-report]'. The latest version can be
|
|
|
7681 gotten from `http://www.cs.brown.edu/people/nwv/'." t nil)
|
|
|
7682
|
|
|
7683 ;;;***
|
|
|
7684
|
|
118
|
7685 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-www) "webster-www" "packages/webster-www.el")
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 (autoload 'webster-www "webster-www" "\
|
|
|
7688 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary at http://www.m-w.com using WWW." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7689
|
|
|
7690 ;;;***
|
|
|
7691
|
|
|
7692 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7693
|
|
|
7694 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7695 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7696
|
|
|
7697 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7698 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7699
|
|
|
7700 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7701 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7702
|
|
|
7703 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7704 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7705 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7706 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7707
|
|
|
7708 ;;;***
|
|
|
7709
|
|
|
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7711
|
|
|
7712 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7713
|
|
|
7714 ;;;***
|
|
|
7715
|
|
|
7716 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7717
|
|
|
7718 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7719 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7720 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7721 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7722
|
|
|
7723 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7724 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7725 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7726 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7727
|
|
|
7728 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7729
|
|
|
7730 ;;;***
|
|
|
7731
|
|
|
7732 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7733
|
|
|
7734 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7735
|
|
|
7736 ;;;***
|
|
|
7737
|
|
|
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7739
|
|
|
7740 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7741 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7742 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7743
|
|
|
7744 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7745 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7746
|
|
|
7747 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7748 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7749
|
|
|
7750 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7751
|
|
|
7752 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7753 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7754
|
|
|
7755 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7756
|
|
|
7757 ;;;***
|
|
|
7758
|
|
|
7759 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7760
|
|
|
7761 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7762 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7763
|
|
|
7764 ;;;***
|
|
|
7765
|
|
108
|
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-remove-old-elc) "cleantree" "prim/cleantree.el")
|
|
|
7767
|
|
|
7768 (autoload 'batch-remove-old-elc "cleantree" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7769
|
|
|
7770 ;;;***
|
|
|
7771
|
|
78
|
7772 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7773
|
|
|
7774 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7775 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7776 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7777 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7778
|
|
|
7779 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7780 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7781 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7782
|
|
|
7783 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7784 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7785 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7786 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7787 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7788 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7789 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7790
|
|
|
7791 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7792 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7793 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7794
|
|
|
7795 ;;;***
|
|
|
7796
|
|
|
7797 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
7798
|
|
|
7799 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7800 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7801
|
|
|
7802 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7803 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
7804
|
|
|
7805 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7806 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
7807
|
|
|
7808 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7809 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
7810
|
|
|
7811 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7812 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
7813
|
|
|
7814 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7815 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
7816 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
7817 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7818
|
|
|
7819 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7820 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
7821 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
7822 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7823
|
|
|
7824 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7825 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
7826
|
|
|
7827 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7828 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
7829 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
7830 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
7831 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7832
|
|
|
7833 ;;;***
|
|
|
7834
|
|
|
7835 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
7836
|
|
|
7837 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
7838 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
7839 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
7840 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
7841
|
|
|
7842 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
7843 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
7844 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
7845
|
|
|
7846 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
7847
|
|
|
7848 ;;;***
|
|
|
7849
|
|
100
|
7850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer-autosave" "prim/itimer-autosave.el")
|
|
78
|
7851
|
|
|
7852 ;;;***
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
7855
|
|
|
7856 ;;;***
|
|
|
7857
|
|
98
|
7858 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
78
|
7859
|
|
|
7860 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7861 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
7862 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
7863 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
7864 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
7865 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
7866
|
|
|
7867 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
7868 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
7869 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
7870 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
7871 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
7872 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
7873 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
7874 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
7875 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
7876 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
7877 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
7878 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
7879
|
|
|
7880 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
7881 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
7882 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
7883
|
|
|
7884 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
7885 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
7886 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
7887 execute.
|
|
|
7888
|
|
|
7889 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
7890 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
7893 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
7894 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
7895 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
7896 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
7897
|
|
|
7898 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
7899 looked like this:
|
|
|
7900
|
|
|
7901 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
7902 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
7903 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
7904
|
|
|
7905 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 foo
|
|
|
7908 bar
|
|
|
7909 baz
|
|
|
7910
|
|
|
7911 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
7912
|
|
|
7913 \\C-x (
|
|
|
7914 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
7915 \\C-x )
|
|
|
7916
|
|
|
7917 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
7918 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
7919 " t nil)
|
|
|
7920
|
|
|
7921 ;;;***
|
|
|
7922
|
|
|
7923 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
7924
|
|
|
7925 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7926
|
|
|
7927 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7928 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
7929 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7930 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7931
|
|
|
7932 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7933 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
7934 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7935 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7936
|
|
|
7937 ;;;***
|
|
|
7938
|
|
|
7939 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
7940
|
|
|
7941 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7942 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
7943
|
|
|
7944 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7945 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
7946 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
7947 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
7948 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
7949
|
|
|
7950 ;;;***
|
|
|
7951
|
|
|
7952 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
7953
|
|
|
7954 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7955 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
7956 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
7957 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
7958
|
|
|
7959 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7960 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
7961 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
7962 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7963
|
|
|
7964 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7965 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
7966 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7967
|
|
|
7968 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
7969 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
7970
|
|
|
7971 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7972 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
7973 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
7974 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
7975
|
|
|
7976 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7977 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7978
|
|
|
7979 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7980 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
7981 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
7982 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
7983 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
7984 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
7985 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
7986
|
|
|
7987 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7988 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7989 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
7990 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
7991
|
|
|
7992 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7993 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7994 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
7995 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
7998
|
|
|
7999 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8000 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
8001 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
8002 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
8003
|
|
|
8004 ;;;***
|
|
|
8005
|
|
|
8006 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
8007
|
|
|
8008 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
8009 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
8010 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
8011 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
8012 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
8013 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
8014 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
8015 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
8016 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
8017 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
8018 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
8019 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
8020 the comment lines.
|
|
|
8021 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
8022 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
8023 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
8024 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
8025 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
8026
|
|
|
8027 ;;;***
|
|
|
8028
|
|
|
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
8030
|
|
|
8031 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
8032 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
8033 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
8034
|
|
|
8035 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
8036 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
8037 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
8038 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
8039 contiguous.
|
|
|
8040
|
|
|
8041 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
8042 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
8043 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8044 the sort order.
|
|
|
8045
|
|
|
8046 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
8047 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
8048
|
|
|
8049 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
8050 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
8051 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
8052 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
8053 is called.
|
|
|
8054
|
|
|
8055 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
8056 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
8059 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
8060 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
8061 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
8062 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
8063
|
|
|
8064 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
8065 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
8066 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
8067
|
|
|
8068 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
8069 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8070 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8071 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8072 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8073 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8074
|
|
|
8075 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
8076 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8077 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8078 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8079 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8080 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8081
|
|
|
8082 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
8083 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8084 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8085 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8086 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8087 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8088
|
|
|
8089 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8090 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8091 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8092 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
8093 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8094 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8095 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
8096 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8097 the sort order.
|
|
|
8098 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
8099
|
|
|
8100 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8101 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8102 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
8103 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
8104 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
8105 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
8106 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8107
|
|
|
8108 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8109 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8110 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8111 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8112 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8113 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8114
|
|
|
8115 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8116 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
8117 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
8118 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
8119 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
8120 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
8121 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
8122 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
8123 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
8124 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
8125 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
8126
|
|
|
8127 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
8128
|
|
|
8129 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8130 the sort order.
|
|
|
8131
|
|
|
8132 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
8133 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
8134 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
8135
|
|
|
8136 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
8137 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
8138 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
8139 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
8140 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
8141 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
8142 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8143 the sort order.
|
|
|
8144
|
|
|
8145 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
8146 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
8147 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
8148 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
8149 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
8150
|
|
|
8151 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
8152 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
8153 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
8154
|
|
|
8155 ;;;***
|
|
|
8156
|
|
|
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
8158
|
|
|
8159 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
8160
|
|
|
8161 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
8162 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
8163
|
|
98
|
8164 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8165 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8166 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in.
|
|
|
8167
|
|
124
|
8168 The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format, except on Linux,
|
|
|
8169 where .wav files are also supported by the sound card drivers." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8170
|
|
|
8171 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
124
|
8172 Load and install some sound files as beep-types, using
|
|
|
8173 `load-sound-file'. This only works if you're on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8174 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8175 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8176
|
|
|
8177 ;;;***
|
|
|
8178
|
|
|
8179 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
8180
|
|
|
8181 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8182 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
8183 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8184 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8185 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8186
|
|
|
8187 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8188 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
8189 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
8190 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
8191 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8192 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8193 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8194
|
|
|
8195 ;;;***
|
|
|
8196
|
|
|
8197 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
8198
|
|
|
8199 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8200 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
8201 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
8202 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
8203 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
8204 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
8205 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
8206 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
8207
|
|
|
8208 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8209 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
8210 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
8211 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
8212 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
8213
|
|
|
8214 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
8215 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
8216
|
|
|
8217 ;;;***
|
|
|
8218
|
|
|
8219 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
8220
|
|
|
8221 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8222
|
|
|
8223 ;;;***
|
|
|
8224
|
|
|
8225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8228 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8229
|
|
|
8230 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8231 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8232
|
|
|
8233 ;;;***
|
|
|
8234
|
|
|
8235 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8236
|
|
|
8237 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8238 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8239 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8240 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8241
|
|
|
8242 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8243 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8244 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8245
|
|
|
8246 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8247 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8248 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8249 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8250
|
|
|
8251 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8254 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
108
|
8255 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the next element.
|
|
78
|
8256 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8257 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8258 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8259 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8260 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8261
|
|
|
8262 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8263 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8264 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8265 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8266
|
|
|
8267 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8268 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8269 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8270 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8271 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8272 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8273
|
|
|
8274 User options:
|
|
|
8275
|
|
|
8276 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8277 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8278 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8279 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8280 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8281 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8282 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8283 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8284 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8285 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8286 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8287 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8288 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8289 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8290 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8291 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8292 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8293 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8294 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8295 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8296 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8297 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8298 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
108
|
8299 sgml-system-path List of directories used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
78
|
8300 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8301 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8302 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8303
|
|
|
8304 All bindings:
|
|
|
8305 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8306 " t nil)
|
|
|
8307
|
|
|
8308 ;;;***
|
|
|
8309
|
|
|
8310 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8311
|
|
|
8312 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8313 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8314 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8315
|
|
|
8316 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8317 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8318 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8319 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8320 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8321 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8324 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8325
|
|
|
8326 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8327 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8328 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8329 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8330 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8331
|
|
|
8332 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8333 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8334
|
|
|
8335 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8336 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8337
|
|
|
8338 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8339
|
|
|
8340 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8341 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8342 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8343 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8344 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8345
|
|
|
8346 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8347 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8348
|
|
|
8349 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8350 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8351 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8352 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8355 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8356 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8357 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8358 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8359 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8360 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8361 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8362 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8363 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8364 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8365 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8366 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8367 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8368 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8369 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8370 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8371 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8372 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8373 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8374 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8375 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8376 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8377 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8378 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8379 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8380 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8381 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8382 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8383 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8384 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8385 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8386 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8387 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8388 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8389 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8390 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8391 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8392 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8393 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8394 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8395 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8396
|
|
|
8397 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8398 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8399
|
|
|
8400 ;;;***
|
|
|
8401
|
|
|
8402 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8403
|
|
|
8404 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8405
|
|
|
8406 ;;;***
|
|
|
8407
|
|
|
8408 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8409
|
|
|
8410 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8411 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8412 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8413 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8414 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8415 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8416
|
|
|
8417 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8418 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8419
|
|
|
8420 ;;;***
|
|
|
8421
|
|
|
8422 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8423
|
|
|
8424 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8425 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8426
|
|
|
8427 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8428 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8429
|
|
|
8430 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8431
|
|
|
8432 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8433 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8434 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8435 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8436 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8437 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8438 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8439
|
|
|
8440 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8441 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8442
|
|
|
8443 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8444 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8445 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8446 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8447 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8448 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8449 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8450
|
|
|
8451 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8452 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8453 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8454 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8455
|
|
|
8456 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8457 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8458 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8459
|
|
|
8460 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8461 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8462 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8463 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8464 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8465 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8466 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8467 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8468
|
|
|
8469 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8470
|
|
|
8471 [make single part]
|
|
|
8472 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8473 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8474 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8475 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8476 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8477 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8478 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8479 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8480 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8481
|
|
|
8482 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8483 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8484 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8485 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8486 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8487 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8488 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8489 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8490
|
|
|
8491 [other commands]
|
|
|
8492 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8493 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8494 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8495 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8496 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8497 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8498 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8499 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8500 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8501
|
|
|
8502 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8503 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8504 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8505
|
|
|
8506 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8507 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8508
|
|
|
8509 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8510 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8511 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8512 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8513 is.
|
|
86
|
8514 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
|
|
|
8515 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
|
|
|
8516 iso-8859-1.
|
|
|
8517
|
|
|
8518 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
|
|
|
8519 --[[text/enriched]]
|
|
|
8520 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
|
|
|
8521 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8522 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
78
|
8523
|
|
|
8524 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8525 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8526 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8527
|
|
|
8528 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8529 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8530
|
|
|
8531 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8532 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8533
|
|
|
8534 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8535 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8536 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8537
|
|
|
8538 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8539 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8540 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8541
|
|
|
8542 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8543 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8544 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8545 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8546
|
|
|
8547 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8548 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8549 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8550
|
|
|
8551 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8552 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8553 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8554 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8555 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8556
|
|
|
8557 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8558 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8559 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8560
|
|
|
8561 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8562
|
|
|
8563 ;;;***
|
|
|
8564
|
|
|
8565 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8566
|
|
|
8567 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8568 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8569 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8570 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8571 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8572 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8573 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8574 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8575 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8576 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8577
|
|
|
8578 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8579 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8580 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8581 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8582 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8583 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8584 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8585 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8586
|
|
|
8587 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8588 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8589 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8590 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8591 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8592 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8593 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8594 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8595 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8596 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8597 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8598 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8599
|
|
|
8600 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8601 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8602 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8603
|
|
|
8604 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8605 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8606 BODY... )
|
|
|
8607
|
|
|
8608 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8609 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8610 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8611 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8612 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8613 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8614 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8615 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8616 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8617 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8618 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8619 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8620 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8621 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8622
|
|
|
8623 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8624 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8625 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8626 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8627
|
|
|
8628 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8629 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8630
|
|
|
8631 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8632 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8633
|
|
|
8634 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8635 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8636
|
|
|
8637 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8638 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8639 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8640 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8641
|
|
|
8642 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8643 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8644 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8645 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8646 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8647 during preloading.
|
|
|
8648
|
|
|
8649 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8650
|
|
|
8651 ;;;***
|
|
|
8652
|
|
|
8653 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8654
|
|
|
8655 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8656 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8657
|
|
|
8658 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8659 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8660
|
|
|
8661 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8662 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8663
|
|
|
8664 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8665 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8666 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8667 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8668 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8669 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8670 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8671 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8672 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8673 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8674 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8677 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8678
|
|
|
8679 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8680 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8681
|
|
|
8682 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8683 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8684 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8685
|
|
|
8686 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8687 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8688
|
|
|
8689 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8690 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8691 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8692
|
|
|
8693 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8694 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8695 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8696
|
|
|
8697 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8698 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8699
|
|
|
8700 ;;;***
|
|
|
8701
|
|
|
8702 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8703
|
|
|
8704 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8705 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8706 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8707 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8708 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8709 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8710
|
|
|
8711 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8712 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8713 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8714
|
|
|
8715 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8716 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8717
|
|
|
8718 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8719 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8720 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8721 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8722
|
|
|
8723 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8724 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8725 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8726 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8727 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8728 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8729
|
|
|
8730 ;;;***
|
|
|
8731
|
|
|
8732 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8733
|
|
134
|
8734 (defcustom browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.\nUsed by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and\n`browse-url-of-file' commands." :type 'function :group 'browse-url)
|
|
78
|
8735
|
|
|
8736 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8737 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8740 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8741
|
|
|
8742 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8743 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8744 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8745 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8746
|
|
|
8747 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8748 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8749
|
|
|
8750 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8751 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8752 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8753
|
|
|
8754 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8755 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8756 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8757 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8758
|
|
|
8759 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8760 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8761 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8762
|
|
|
8763 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8764 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8765 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8766
|
|
|
8767 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8768 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8769 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8770 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8771
|
|
|
8772 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8773 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8774 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8775 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8776
|
|
|
8777 ;;;***
|
|
|
8778
|
|
|
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8780
|
|
|
8781 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8782 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8783 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8784
|
|
|
8785 ;;;***
|
|
|
8786
|
|
|
8787 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8788
|
|
|
8789 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8790 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8791 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8792 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8793 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8794 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
8795
|
|
|
8796 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
8797 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
8798
|
|
|
8799 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
8800
|
|
|
8801 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
8802
|
|
|
8803 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
8804 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
8805
|
|
|
8806 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8807 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8808
|
|
|
8809 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
8810
|
|
|
8811 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
8812
|
|
|
8813 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
8814
|
|
|
8815 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
8816
|
|
|
8817 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
8818
|
|
|
8819 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
8820
|
|
|
8821 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8822 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8823
|
|
|
8824 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
8825
|
|
|
8826 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 :style STYLE
|
|
|
8829
|
|
|
8830 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
8831 defined:
|
|
|
8832
|
|
|
8833 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
8834 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
8835 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
8836 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
8837
|
|
|
8838 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
8839
|
|
|
8840 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
8841 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8842 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
8843
|
|
|
8844 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
8845 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
8846 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
8847
|
|
|
8848 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
8849 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
8850 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
8851 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8852
|
|
|
8853 ;;;***
|
|
|
8854
|
|
118
|
8855 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-kbd-macro format-kbd-macro kbd read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "utils/edmacro.el")
|
|
98
|
8856
|
|
|
8857 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
|
|
|
8858
|
|
|
8859 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8860 Edit a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8861 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8862 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
|
|
|
8863 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
|
|
|
8864 its command name.
|
|
|
8865 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
|
|
|
8866
|
|
|
8867 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8868 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
|
|
|
8869
|
|
|
8870 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8871 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
|
|
|
8872
|
|
|
8873 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8874 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
|
|
|
8875 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
|
|
|
8876 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
|
|
|
8877 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
|
|
|
8878 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8879
|
|
|
8880 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
|
|
|
8881 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
|
|
|
8882 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
|
|
|
8883 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
|
|
|
8884
|
|
118
|
8885 (autoload 'kbd "edmacro" "\
|
|
136
|
8886 Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation." nil 'macro)
|
|
118
|
8887
|
|
98
|
8888 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8889 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
|
|
|
8890 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
|
|
|
8891 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
|
|
|
8892 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
|
|
|
8893 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
|
|
|
8894
|
|
|
8895 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8896 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
8897 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
8898 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
8899
|
|
|
8900 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
|
|
|
8901 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
|
|
|
8902 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
|
|
|
8903 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
|
|
|
8904 bindings.
|
|
|
8905
|
|
|
8906 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
8907 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8908
|
|
|
8909 ;;;***
|
|
|
8910
|
|
|
8911 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "utils/eldoc.el")
|
|
|
8912
|
|
134
|
8913 (defcustom eldoc-mode nil "*If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.\n\nFor the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is\nwithin, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.\nThis information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is\nin pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained\nfrom the documentation string if possible.\n\nIf point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring\ninstead.\n\nThis variable is buffer-local." :type 'boolean :group 'eldoc)
|
|
98
|
8914
|
|
|
8915 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8916 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
|
|
|
8917 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
|
|
|
8918
|
|
|
8919 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
|
|
|
8920 of the mode.
|
|
|
8921 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
|
|
|
8922 the mode, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
8923
|
|
|
8924 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8925 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
|
|
|
8926
|
|
|
8927 ;;;***
|
|
|
8928
|
|
78
|
8929 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
8930
|
|
|
8931 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8932 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
8933 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8934
|
|
|
8935 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8936 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
8937 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8938
|
|
|
8939 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
8940 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
8941 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
8942
|
|
|
8943 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
8944 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
8945 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
8946
|
|
|
8947 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
8948
|
|
|
8949 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
8950 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
8951 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
8952 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
8953 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
8954
|
|
|
8955 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
8956 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
8957
|
|
|
8958 ;;;***
|
|
|
8959
|
|
|
8960 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
8961
|
|
126
|
8962 (define-key ctl-x-map "F" 'facemenu-keymap)
|
|
|
8963
|
|
78
|
8964 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
8965 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
8966
|
|
|
8967 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
8968 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
8969 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
8970 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
8971
|
|
|
8972 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8973 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8974 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
8975 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
8976
|
|
|
8977 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
8978
|
|
|
8979 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8980 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8981
|
|
|
8982 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8983 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8984 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
8985
|
|
|
8986 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8987 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8988 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8989 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8990 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8991 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8992 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8993 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8994
|
|
|
8995 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8996 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8997 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8998 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8999 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
9000 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
9001 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9002 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
9003
|
|
|
9004 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9005 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9006 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
9007 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
9008
|
|
|
9009 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
9010 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
9011
|
|
|
9012 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
9013 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
100
|
9014 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9015
|
|
|
9016 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9017
|
|
|
9018 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9019
|
|
|
9020 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9021
|
|
|
9022 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9023
|
|
|
9024 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9025
|
|
|
9026 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9027 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
9028 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9029 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9030
|
|
|
9031 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9032 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
9033 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9034 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9035
|
|
|
9036 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9037 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
9038 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9039 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9040
|
|
|
9041 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9042 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
9043
|
|
|
9044 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9045 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
9046 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
9047
|
|
|
9048 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9049 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
9050
|
|
|
9051 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9052 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9053
|
|
|
9054 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9055 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
9056 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
9057 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
9058 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
9059
|
|
|
9060 ;;;***
|
|
|
9061
|
|
98
|
9062 ;;;### (autoloads (floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar) "floating-toolbar" "utils/floating-toolbar.el")
|
|
|
9063
|
|
|
9064 (autoload 'floating-toolbar "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9065 Popup a toolbar near the current mouse position.
|
|
|
9066 The toolbar instantiator used is taken from the 'floating-toolbar
|
|
|
9067 property of any extent under the mouse. If no such non-nil
|
|
|
9068 property exists for any extent under the mouse, then the value of the
|
|
|
9069 variable `floating-toolbar' is checked. If its value si nil, then
|
|
|
9070 no toolbar will be displayed.
|
|
|
9071
|
|
|
9072 This command should be bound to a button press event.
|
|
|
9073
|
|
|
9074 When called from a program, first arg EVENT should be the button
|
|
|
9075 press event. Optional second arg EXTENT-LOCAL-ONLY specifies
|
|
|
9076 that only extent local toolbars should be used; this means the
|
|
|
9077 `floating-toolbar' variable will not be consulted." t nil)
|
|
|
9078
|
|
|
9079 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9080 Like floating-toolbar, but if no toolbar is displayed
|
|
|
9081 run popup-mode-menu." t nil)
|
|
|
9082
|
|
|
9083 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9084 Like floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu, but search only for an
|
|
|
9085 extent local toolbar." t nil)
|
|
|
9086
|
|
|
9087 ;;;***
|
|
|
9088
|
|
78
|
9089 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
9090
|
|
|
9091 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9092 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
9093 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
9094 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
9095
|
|
|
9096 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9097 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
9098 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
9099 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
9100 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
9101 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
9102
|
|
|
9103 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
9104
|
|
|
9105 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
9106 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
9107 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
9108
|
|
|
9109 ;;;***
|
|
|
9110
|
|
|
9111 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
9112
|
|
|
9113 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
9114 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
9115
|
|
|
9116 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
9117 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
9118 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
9119 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
9120 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
9121 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
9122 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
9123 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
9124 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
9125 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
9126 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
9127 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
9128 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
9129 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
9130 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
9131 " t nil)
|
|
|
9132
|
|
|
9133 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
9134 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
9135
|
|
|
9136 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
9137 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
9138
|
|
|
9139 ;;;***
|
|
|
9140
|
|
149
|
9141 ;;;### (autoloads (unhide-copyleft-region hide-copyleft-region) "hide-copyleft" "utils/hide-copyleft.el")
|
|
|
9142
|
|
|
9143 (autoload 'hide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9144 Make the legal drivel at the front of this file invisible. Unhide it again
|
|
|
9145 with C-u \\[hide-copyleft-region]." t nil)
|
|
|
9146
|
|
|
9147 (autoload 'unhide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9148 If the legal nonsense at the top of this file is elided, make it visible again." nil nil)
|
|
|
9149
|
|
|
9150 ;;;***
|
|
|
9151
|
|
78
|
9152 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
9153
|
|
|
9154 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
9155 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
9156 Faces used:
|
|
|
9157 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
9158 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
9159 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
9160 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
9161
|
|
|
9162 Variables used:
|
|
|
9163
|
|
|
9164 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
9165 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
9166 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
9167
|
|
|
9168 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
9169 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
9170 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
9171 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
9172
|
|
|
9173 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9174
|
|
|
9175 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9176
|
|
|
9177 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9178
|
|
|
9179 ;;;***
|
|
|
9180
|
|
|
9181 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
9182
|
|
|
9183 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9184 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
9185 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
9186 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
9187 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9188
|
|
|
9189 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9190 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
9191 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
9192 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9193 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9194
|
|
|
9195 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9196 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
9197 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
9198 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
9199 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
9200
|
|
|
9201 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9202 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9203
|
|
|
9204 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9205 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9206
|
|
|
9207 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9208 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
9209 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
9210 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9211 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9212
|
|
|
9213 ;;;***
|
|
|
9214
|
|
|
9215 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
9216
|
|
|
9217 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
9218 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
9219 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
9220 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
9221
|
|
|
9222 ;;;***
|
|
|
9223
|
|
|
9224 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
9225
|
|
|
9226 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9227 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
9228 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
9229 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
9230 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
9231 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
9232 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
9233 consing a string.)
|
|
|
9234 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
9235 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
9236 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
9237
|
|
|
9238 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9239 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
9240 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9241
|
|
|
9242 ;;;***
|
|
|
9243
|
|
|
9244 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
9245
|
|
|
9246 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
9247 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
9248 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
9249 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
9250
|
|
|
9251 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9252
|
|
|
9253 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
9254 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
9255 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
9256 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
9257 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
9258
|
|
|
9259 ;;;***
|
|
|
9260
|
|
|
9261 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
9262
|
|
|
9263 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
9264 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
9265 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
9266 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
9267 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
9268 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
9269 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
9270 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
9271
|
|
|
9272 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
108
|
9273 to reduce the possibility that eavesdropping is occuring.
|
|
78
|
9274
|
|
|
9275 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
9276 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
9277 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
9278 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
9279 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
9280 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
9281 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
9282
|
|
|
9283 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
9284 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
9285
|
|
|
9286 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
9287 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
9288 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
9289 resultant core file.
|
|
|
9290
|
|
|
9291 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
9292
|
|
|
9293 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
9294 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
9295 or password histories.
|
|
|
9296
|
|
|
9297 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
9298 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
9299
|
|
|
9300 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
9301 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
9302 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
9303 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
9304 memory.
|
|
|
9305
|
|
|
9306 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
9307 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
9308 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
9309
|
|
|
9310 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
9311 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
9312
|
|
|
9313 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
9314 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
9315 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
9316
|
|
|
9317 ;;;***
|
|
|
9318
|
|
|
9319 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9320
|
|
|
9321 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9322
|
|
|
9323 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9324 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9325 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9326 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9327 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9328
|
|
|
9329 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9330 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9331 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9332 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9333 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9334
|
|
|
9335 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9336 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9337 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9338 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9339
|
|
|
9340 ;;;***
|
|
|
9341
|
|
|
9342 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9343
|
|
|
9344 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9345 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9346
|
|
|
9347 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9348 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9349
|
|
|
9350 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9351 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9352
|
|
|
9353 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9354 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9355 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9356 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9357
|
|
|
9358 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9359 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9360 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9361 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9362
|
|
|
9363 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9364 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9365 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9366 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9367 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9368 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9369 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9370
|
|
|
9371 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9372 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9373 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9374 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9375 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9376 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9377 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9378
|
|
|
9379 ;;;***
|
|
|
9380
|
|
|
9381 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9382
|
|
|
9383 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9384
|
|
|
9385 ;;;***
|
|
|
9386
|
|
|
9387 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9388
|
|
|
9389 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9390 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9391
|
|
|
9392 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9393
|
|
|
9394 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9395 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9396
|
|
|
9397 ;;;***
|
|
|
9398
|
|
|
9399 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9400
|
|
|
9401 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9402 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9403
|
|
|
9404 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9405 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9406 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9407 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9408 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9409
|
|
|
9410 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9411 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9412 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9413 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9414 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9415 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9416 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9417
|
|
|
9418 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9419 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9420 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9421
|
|
|
9422 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9423 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9424 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9425 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9426 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9427 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9428 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9429
|
|
|
9430 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9431 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9432 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9433
|
|
|
9434 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9435 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9436
|
|
|
9437 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9438 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9439 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9440 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9441 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9442 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9443 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9444
|
|
|
9445 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9446 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9447 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9448
|
|
|
9449 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9450 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9451
|
|
|
9452 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9453 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9454
|
|
|
9455 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9456 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9457 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9458 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9459 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9460 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9461 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9462 nil skipped
|
|
|
9463
|
|
|
9464 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9465 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9466 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9467 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9468 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9469 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9470 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9471 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9472
|
|
|
9473 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9474 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9475 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9476 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9477 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9478 available:
|
|
|
9479
|
|
|
9480 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9481 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9482 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9483 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9484 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9485
|
|
|
9486 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9487 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9488
|
|
|
9489 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9490 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9491
|
|
|
9492 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9493 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9494 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9495 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9496
|
|
|
9497 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9498 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9499 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9500
|
|
|
9501 ;;;***
|
|
|
9502
|
|
100
|
9503 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "utils/speedbar.el")
|
|
|
9504
|
|
|
9505 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
|
|
|
9506 Enable or disable use of a speedbar. Positive number means turn
|
|
|
9507 on, negative turns speedbar off, and nil means toggle. Once the
|
|
|
9508 speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be
|
|
|
9509 displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time." t nil)
|
|
|
9510
|
|
|
9511 ;;;***
|
|
|
9512
|
|
86
|
9513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
|
|
|
9514
|
|
|
9515 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
|
|
|
9516
|
|
|
9517 ;;;***
|
|
|
9518
|
|
78
|
9519 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9520
|
|
|
9521 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9522 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9523 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9524 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9525 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9526
|
|
|
9527 ;;;***
|
|
|
9528
|
|
|
9529 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9530
|
|
|
9531 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9532 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9533
|
|
|
9534 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9535 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9536 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9537 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9538 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9539 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9540 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9541 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9542
|
|
|
9543 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9544 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9545 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9546 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9547 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9548 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9549 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9550
|
|
|
9551 ;;;***
|
|
|
9552
|
|
|
9553 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9554
|
|
|
9555 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9556 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9557 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9558 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9559 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9560 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9561
|
|
|
9562 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9563 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9564 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9565
|
|
|
9566 ;;;***
|
|
|
9567
|
|
|
9568 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9569
|
|
|
9570 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9571 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9572 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9573 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9574 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9575 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9576
|
|
|
9577 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9578 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9579 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9580 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9581 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9582 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9583
|
|
|
9584 ;;;***
|
|
|
9585
|
|
|
9586 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9587
|
|
|
9588 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9589 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9590
|
|
|
9591 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9592
|
|
|
9593 ;;;***
|
|
|
9594
|
|
|
9595 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9596
|
|
|
9597 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9598 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9599 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9600 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9601
|
|
|
9602 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9603 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9604
|
|
|
9605 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9606
|
|
|
9607 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9608
|
|
|
9609 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9610 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9611
|
|
|
9612 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9613 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9614
|
|
|
9615 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9616
|
|
|
9617 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9618
|
|
|
9619 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9620
|
|
|
9621 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9622
|
|
|
9623 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9624 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9625 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9626
|
|
|
9627 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9628
|
|
|
9629 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9630 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9631
|
|
|
9632 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9633
|
|
|
9634 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9635
|
|
|
9636 :style
|
|
|
9637
|
|
|
9638 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9639 defined:
|
|
|
9640
|
|
|
9641 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9642 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9643 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9644 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9645
|
|
|
9646 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9647
|
|
|
9648 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9649 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9650 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9651
|
|
|
9652 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9653 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9654 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9655
|
|
|
9656 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9657 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9658 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9659 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9660
|
|
|
9661 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9662
|
|
|
9663 ;;;***
|
|
|
9664
|
|
118
|
9665 ;;;### (autoloads (x-font-build-cache font-default-size-for-device font-default-encoding-for-device font-default-registry-for-device font-default-family-for-device font-default-object-for-device font-default-font-for-device font-create-object) "font" "w3/font.el")
|
|
108
|
9666
|
|
|
9667 (autoload 'font-create-object "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9668
|
|
|
9669 (autoload 'font-default-font-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9670
|
|
|
9671 (autoload 'font-default-object-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9672
|
|
|
9673 (autoload 'font-default-family-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9674
|
|
118
|
9675 (autoload 'font-default-registry-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9676
|
|
|
9677 (autoload 'font-default-encoding-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9678
|
|
108
|
9679 (autoload 'font-default-size-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9680
|
|
|
9681 (autoload 'x-font-build-cache "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9682
|
|
|
9683 ;;;***
|
|
|
9684
|
|
|
9685 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "w3/url-cache.el")
|
|
102
|
9686
|
|
|
9687 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9688 Store buffer BUFF in the cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9689
|
|
|
9690 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9691 Return non-nil if the URL is cached." nil nil)
|
|
|
9692
|
|
108
|
9693 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
|
|
102
|
9694 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9695
|
|
|
9696 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9697 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
9698
|
|
|
9699 ;;;***
|
|
|
9700
|
|
118
|
9701 ;;;### (autoloads (url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "w3/url-gw.el")
|
|
|
9702
|
|
|
9703 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
|
|
|
9704 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
9705
|
|
|
9706 ;;;***
|
|
|
9707
|
|
102
|
9708 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
|
|
80
|
9709
|
|
|
9710 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
9711 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
9712 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
9713 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
9714 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
9715 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
9716 2. File uid.
|
|
|
9717 3. File gid.
|
|
|
9718 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
9719 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
9720 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
9721 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
9722 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
9723 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
9724 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
9725 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
9726 10. inode number.
|
|
|
9727 11. Device number.
|
|
|
9728
|
|
|
9729 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
9730
|
|
|
9731 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
9732 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
9733 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
9734
|
|
|
9735 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
9736 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9737
|
|
|
9738 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
9739 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
9740 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
9741 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
9742
|
|
|
9743 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
9744 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9745
|
|
|
9746 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
9747 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9748 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9749 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
9750 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
9751 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
9752 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
9753 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
9754 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
9755
|
|
|
9756 ;;;***
|
|
|
9757
|
|
144
|
9758 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-hotlist-add-document w3-use-hotlist w3-hotlist-append w3-hotlist-rename-entry w3-hotlist-delete) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9759
|
|
|
9760 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-delete "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9761 Deletes a document from your hotlist file" t nil)
|
|
|
9762
|
|
|
9763 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-rename-entry "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9764 Rename a hotlist item" t nil)
|
|
|
9765
|
|
|
9766 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-append "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9767 Append a hotlist to the one in memory" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9768
|
|
|
9769 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9770 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9771 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9772 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9773 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9774
|
|
144
|
9775 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-add-document "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9776 Add this documents url to the hotlist" t nil)
|
|
|
9777
|
|
78
|
9778 ;;;***
|
|
|
9779
|
|
102
|
9780 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
78
|
9781
|
|
|
9782 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9783 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9784 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9785 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9786
|
|
|
9787 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9788 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9789 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9790 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9791
|
|
|
9792 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9793 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9794 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9795 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9796
|
|
|
9797 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9798 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
82
|
9799 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
|
|
|
9800 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9801
|
|
|
9802 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
9803 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9804 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9805 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9806
|
|
|
9807 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9808 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9809 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9810 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9811
|
|
|
9812 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9813 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9814
|
|
|
9815 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
9816 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9817
|
|
|
9818 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
9819 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
9820 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
9821 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
9822 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
9823
|
|
|
9824 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
9825 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
9826 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9827 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9828
|
|
|
9829 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
9830 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
9831 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
9832 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9833
|
|
|
9834 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
9835 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
9836 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
9837
|
|
|
9838 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9839 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9840 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9841 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
9842
|
|
|
9843 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9844 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
9845 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9846 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9847
|
|
|
9848 ;;;***
|
|
|
9849
|
|
|
9850 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
9851
|
|
|
9852 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
9853 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
9854
|
|
|
9855 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
9856 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
9857 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
9858
|
|
|
9859 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
9860
|
|
|
9861 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
9862 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
9863 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
9864 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
9865 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
9866 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
9867 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
9868
|
|
|
9869 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9870
|
|
|
9871 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9872
|
|
|
9873 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9874
|
|
|
9875 ;;;***
|
